410 avsnitt • Längd: 40 min • Veckovis: Tisdag
Listen in as PwC specialists discuss today’s most compelling accounting, reporting, and business issues. Whether financial reporting or sustainability reporting, each episode is packed with insights you won’t find anywhere else.
The podcast PwC’s accounting podcast is created by PwC. The podcast and the artwork on this page are embedded on this page using the public podcast feed (RSS).
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.
In this episode, we talk about the audit committee from the perspective of management. We discuss strategies for finance teams as they prepare for audit committee meetings to elevate their effectiveness, along with the top issues audit committees are focused on for 2025.
In this episode, we discuss:
Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
About our guest:
Stephen Parker is a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, which strives to strengthen the connection between directors, executive teams, and investors by helping them navigate the evolving governance landscape. With more than 30 years of experience, Stephen has advised boards of directors on a variety of complex financial reporting matters. Stephen’s client service experience includes energy and utility companies, financial services companies, and nonprofits.
About our host:
Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.
This episode covers the statement of cash flows - what statement of cash flow areas the SEC is focusing on, why it remains a frequent area of restatement, and the most commonly asked questions our team is seeing in practice.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more on the statement of cash flow presentation, see Chapter 6 – Statement of cash flows in PwC’s Financial statement presentation guide.
Bret Dooley is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows, as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.
About our host
Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.
In this next episode of our series, PwC’s US Assurance Quality Management leader, Michael Mullen, shares insights and key reminders on navigating materiality judgments.
In this episode, we discuss:
Check out our other episodes in this miniseries:
Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Michael Mullen is PwC’s US Assurance Quality Management leader. In this role, he oversees complex client issues, providing technical insights and expertise in support of overall quality. With over 35 years of client service experience, Michael has led numerous global client engagements.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.
In this next episode of our series, we discuss tax accounting and reporting reminders with Jennifer Spang, PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader. We cover a variety of tax accounting and reporting topics, including the impact of recent election results and the associated tax impacts expected in 2025.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information about key developments at the AICPA & CIMA conference, see our publication, 2024 AICPA & CIMA Conference: Current SEC and PCAOB Developments and see our publication, Accounting for Pillar Two: Frequently asked questions for the latest on the topic.
Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:
And please follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Jennifer Spang is PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 30 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.
In this next episode of our miniseries, we discuss audit-related reminders for preparers with Brian Croteau, PwC’s US Chief Auditor. In this episode we share timely insights for preparers to consider for the year-end audit, which is another important part of year-end accounting and reporting.
In this episode, we discuss auditing considerations related to:
For more information about key developments at the AICPA & CIMA conference, see our publication, 2024 AICPA & CIMA Conference: Current SEC and PCAOB Developments. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:
Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Brian Croteau is the US Chief Auditor. He oversees the establishment and maintenance of PwC’s audit policies and practices, leads efforts to directly support PwC’s audit quality objectives, and plays a key role in the monitoring and assessment of audit quality. He also leads the firm’s efforts related to its relationship with the PCAOB, including supporting all aspects of the PCAOB’s inspection process. Brian currently serves as a member of the PCAOB’s Standards and Emerging Issues Advisory Group (SEIAG) and the SEIAG’s Emerging Issues in Auditing subcommittee. Prior to rejoining PwC, he served as the Deputy Chief Accountant of the Professional Practice Group within the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC where he played a key role in the SEC’s oversight of the activities of the PCAOB, managed the resolution of auditor independence issues and ethical matters, and monitored audit and independence standard setting internationally.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.
In this next episode of our series, we discuss accounting and reporting reminders and timely insights with some of the top technical leaders from our National Office. A one-stop shop for year end, we cover a variety of accounting and reporting topics from contract modifications to financing transactions to segments and many things in between.
In this episode, we discuss accounting and reporting reminders related to:
Check out the other episode in this miniseries, Year-end toolkit: Year in review from the corner office. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. She has over 30 years of experience consulting with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters.
Bret Dooley is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters
Pat Durbin is a PwC National Office Deputy Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Guest host Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process. The conversations are relevant for all finance teams, even if it’s not year-end close time. And it’s relevant even for those not engaged in the company’s closing process – the episodes have something for everyone.
To kick off the series, host Heather Horn is joined by Tim Carey, PwC National Office leader, and Kyle Moffatt, PwC National Office Professional Practice leader, to reflect on the key developments of 2024 from their perspectives and look ahead at what’s to come in 2025.
In this episode, we discuss:
Tim Carey is PwC’s National Office leader, with 30+ years of experience in complex accounting, tax, and reporting issues. Tim has led large-scale teams on a wide range of projects including financial statement audits, transaction structuring, financial due diligence, and post-merger integration.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This final episode of our 2024 SEC comment letter podcast miniseries discusses non-GAAP measures. Non-GAAP measures are commonly used by companies as supplements to their financial statements to deepen investors’ understanding of their performance or financial condition. Given their importance, not only does non-GAAP top the list this year, but it’s been a top focus area for the SEC staff in the last several years, and we expect that trend to continue. We discuss the issues most frequently raised by the SEC staff and offer advice to preparers for getting ahead of them.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see our full analysis of SEC comment letter trends and our publication Earnings with a twist: 2024 update on SEC non-GAAP comment trends. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries.
Kevin Vaughn is a PwC National Office partner specializing in SEC reporting matters. Kevin leverages his extensive experience to support PwC public company and pre-IPO clients on accounting and SEC reporting matters. Prior to joining PwC in 2023, Kevin spent over 18 years at the SEC, most recently serving on the leadership team in the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant where he focused on technical accounting consultations, SEC rulemakings, and standard setting matters.
Lindsay McCord is a PwC National Office partner specializing in matters related to the SEC and the capital markets. Prior to joining PwC, Lindsay spent over 15 years at the SEC, most recently as the Chief Accountant in the Division of Corporation Finance. In this role, Lindsay led an accounting team in providing technical accounting and reporting support to the Division, including SEC rulemaking, interpretation, and guidance.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
PwC provides a summary of the latest accounting, financial reporting, and regulatory updates to support your quarterly reporting.
It is that time of the year again. As 2024 comes to an end, the focus of many companies turns to their annual reporting process. We begin this edition of The quarter close by providing general income tax reminders and highlighting new guidance that will be effective for the first time this year.
In regulatory developments, we provide the latest updates on sustainability reporting under the California climate disclosure laws as well as updates on frameworks outside of the US. And although the impact of the recent election remains to be seen, we’ve summarized expected impacts to keep you informed.
As expected, the FASB made significant progress on its agenda by issuing final guidance on both the disaggregation of income statement expenses and induced conversions of convertible debt instruments projects as well as proposals and invitations to comment on several other projects. We provide a summary of all the latest FASB activity.
In this edition of The quarter close, we highlight these and other relevant accounting and reporting topics you should consider as you close out 2024.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
PwC recently released the results of our 2024 Global Investor Survey, which was conducted to better understand investor expectations and concerns about corporate reporting and the evolving business landscape. The annual survey results highlight the importance of transparency in technology use, especially Artificial Intelligence (AI), and the need for companies to adapt to global threats, climate change, and regulatory developments.
This week, host Heather Horn is joined by Nadja Picard, PwC Global Reporting Leader, to break down the results and discuss the sometimes differing expectations between companies and investors. They also address how companies can better meet investor expectations through both action and communication.
In this episode, we discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Nadja Picard is PwC’s Global Reporting Leader. In this role, she leads PwC’s global initiative to help clients transform their corporate reporting to meet investor and stakeholder demands for trusted and assured reporting beyond financial reporting. Nadja also advises companies on the accounting, corporate reporting, and investor relations requirements in advance of capital markets transactions, especially IPOs.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This next episode of our 2024 SEC comment letter podcast miniseries discusses Foreign Private Issuers (FPIs). Many of the considerations we talk about for other SEC filers also apply to FPIs; however, there can be some differences and added complexities. We discuss the issues most frequently raised by the SEC staff, including those unique to FPIs, and offer advice to preparers for getting ahead of them.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see our full analysis of SEC comment letter trends. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:
Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Patrick Higgins is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for our SEC foreign private issuer and IFRS teams. Patrick has also served as a global signing partner in a variety of countries and industries.
Kevin Vaughn is a PwC National Office partner specializing in SEC reporting matters. Kevin leverages his extensive experience to support PwC public company and pre-IPO clients on accounting and SEC reporting matters. Prior to joining PwC in 2023, Kevin spent over 18 years at the SEC, most recently serving on the leadership team in the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant where he focused on technical accounting consultations, SEC rulemakings, and standard setting matters.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In the sixth episode of our GHG miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting, we conclude our discussion on step 4: measure greenhouse gas emissions with scope 3 emissions. Host Heather Horn is joined again by Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, and Chris Ostermann, a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group, to provide an introduction to scope 3 emissions, including an overview of their 15 categories downstream and upstream as well as the complexities in measuring these emissions. They share practical advice for measuring these emissions, which often yield more challenges than scope 1 and scope 2.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including scope 3 emissions discussed in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide. And to catch up on the GHG miniseries, listen to the first four episodes below.
Marcin Olewinksi is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.
Chris Ostermann is a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group working on sustainability and ESG matters with companies across multiple sectors. He focuses on helping clients understand their most significant sustainability/ESG impacts, develop strategies to address those impacts, execute those strategies and communicate progress to investors and other stakeholders.
Heather Horn
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This next episode of our 2024 SEC comment letter podcast miniseries discusses Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). Investors are often focused on MD&A as they look to understand management’s commentary on the results of the business, future trends, uncertainties, and more – making this an area that also frequently gets the attention of the SEC staff. We discuss the issues most frequently raised by the SEC staff and offer advice to preparers for getting ahead of them.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see our full analysis of SEC comment letter trends. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:
Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Ryan Spencer is a partner at PwC's National Office specializing in SEC financial reporting. He has over 20 years of experience serving clients and is a frequent contributor to PwC’s publications and communications.
Scott Feely is a partner in PwC’s National office. He has over 30 years of experience supporting clients as they address the SEC and financial reporting implications of their capital markets and merger and acquisition-related activities.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This next episode of our 2024 SEC comment letter podcast miniseries discusses segment reporting.
Segment reporting is an important disclosure for investors as it provides information about the different types of business activities in which a reporting entity engages and the different economic environments in which it operates – making this an area that frequently gets the attention of the SEC staff. We discuss the issues most frequently raised by the SEC staff and offer advice to preparers for getting ahead of them.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see our full analysis of SEC comment letter trends and Chapter 25 of our Financial statement presentation guide. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:
Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Scott Feely is a partner in PwC’s National office. He has over 30 years of experience supporting clients as they address the SEC and financial reporting implications of their capital markets and merger and acquisition-related activities.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our fifth episode of our miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting, we discuss step 4: measure greenhouse gas emissions, continuing with scope 2 emissions. Host Heather Horn is joined again by Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, and Chris Ostermann, a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group, to kick off the second of three episodes focused on measuring greenhouse gases. They will share more of what they’re seeing in practice working with companies who are calculating these emissions, a must listen given the complexity of the challenges can grow moving from scope 1 to scope 2 emissions.
In this episode, they discuss:
For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including scope 2 emissions discussed in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide. And to catch up on the GHG miniseries, listen to the first four episodes below.
Marcin Olewinksi is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.
Chris Ostermann is a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group working on sustainability and ESG matters with companies across multiple sectors. He focuses on helping clients understand their most significant sustainability/ESG impacts, develop strategies to address those impacts, execute those strategies and communicate progress to investors and other stakeholders.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This next episode of our 2024 SEC comment letter podcast miniseries discusses business combinations.
Business combination accounting can be complex, the required disclosures are comprehensive, and these are not routine transactions for most companies – all making this a challenging area that frequently gets the attention of the SEC staff. We discuss the issues most frequently raised by the SEC staff and offer advice to preparers for getting ahead of them.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see our full analysis of SEC comment letter trends, our Business combinations guide, and Chapter 17 of our Financial statement presentation guide. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:
Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting.
Kevin Vaughn is a PwC National Office partner specializing in SEC reporting matters. Kevin leverages his extensive experience to support PwC public company and pre-IPO clients on accounting and SEC reporting matters. Prior to joining PwC in 2023, Kevin spent over 18 years at the SEC, most recently serving on the leadership team in the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant where he focused on technical accounting consultations, SEC rulemakings, and standard setting matters.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In the fourth episode of our miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting, we discuss step 4: measure greenhouse gas emissions, starting with scope 1 emissions. Host Heather Horn and frequent ESG podcast guest Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, are joined by Chris Ostermann, a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group, to kick off the first of three episodes focused on measuring greenhouse gases. They will share what they’re seeing in practice working with companies who are calculating these emissions, including successes and (preventable) misapplications.
In this episode, they discuss:
For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including scope 1 emissions discussed in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide. And to catch up on the GHG miniseries, listen to the first three episodes below.
Marcin Olewinksi is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.
Chris Ostermann is a director in PwC’s Sustainability Services Group working on sustainability and ESG matters with companies across multiple sectors. He focuses on helping clients understand their most significant sustainability/ESG impacts, develop strategies to address those impacts, execute those strategies and communicate progress to investors and other stakeholders.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this next episode of our 2024 SEC comment letter miniseries, we discuss accounting for revenue. Revenue is the top line for a reason; it’s closely watched by investors and therefore, the SEC staff as well. From variable consideration to disaggregated revenue disclosure, we discuss the issues most frequently raised by the SEC staff and offer advice to preparers for getting ahead of them.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see our full analysis of SEC comment letter trends, our Revenue from contracts with customers guide, and Chapter 33 of our Financial statement presentation guide.
Also, check out our other episode in this miniseries, SEC comment letters – What’s trending in 2024. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In the third episode of our miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting, we discuss step 3: determine operational boundaries. Host Heather Horn is joined again by Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, and Kelsey Pizza, a senior manager in PwC’s National Office, who illustrate the importance of correctly identifying operational boundaries and the impact on the accuracy of GHG reporting. They also discuss how it’s a critical step to helping organizations clearly define and understand the scope of their emissions.
Because different frameworks may prescribe different approaches while others provide some flexibility, it is key to understand your reporting requirements (as discussed in the first episode in this miniseries, Talking GHG: Reporting requirements for greenhouse gas emissions). We’ll highlight different approaches and the impacts (sometimes more significant than one would expect) that an organizational boundary may have on reporting.
In this episode, they discuss:
For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including the scope 2 emissions discussed in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide. And to catch up on the GHG miniseries, listen to the first two episodes below.
Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.
Kelsey Pizza is a senior manager in PwC’s National Office. She provides advice on technical accounting issues and monitors developments in financial reporting and standard setting. Kelsey helps develop PwC thought leadership, with a particular focus on sustainability reporting, clean and renewable energy accounting matters, and other topics affecting the utilities and sustainable energy sector.
Heather Horn
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We are kicking off our miniseries on 2024 SEC staff comment letters, helping to inform you on the latest trends as you gear up for year end. In this episode we share an overview of the 2024 comment letter trends, as well as insights into the SEC staff’s key priorities.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see our full analysis of SEC comment letter trends. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This week, host Heather Horn is joined by a chief sustainability officer (CSO), whose impressive background in paleoclimate geology has propelled her into the world of sustainability. Allyson Anderson Book from Baker Hughes provides a practical perspective on her sustainability journey as a CSO. She shares the challenges overcome and perseverance needed in getting to the accomplishments – decarbonization and good reporting on the company’s efforts.
In this episode, they discuss:
Enjoy hearing from Allyson in today’s episode? Tune in to PwC’s Quarterly sustainability webcast on Thursday, November 7 or Wednesday, November 13 when she will discuss energy transition. Register here.
Allyson Anderson Book is the Chief Sustainability Officer at Baker Hughes, an energy technology company that provides solutions for energy and industrial customers worldwide. Before joining Baker Hughes, Allyson served as the executive director of the American Geosciences Institute, and she has held several academic, policy, and senior government positions.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We wrap up our miniseries on loans and investments with a discussion of the accounting for equity interests, a topic that can impact companies across all industries.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see chapter 2 of our Loans and investments guide. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries:
Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National Office with nearly 30 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial services clients on treasury-related matters.
Christopher Gerdau is a partner in PwC’s National Office specializing in accounting for financial instruments and banking-related topics. Chris also conducts technical reviews of SEC filings and provides technical support to PwC’s practice offices. Chris’s client service expertise includes the banking, capital markets, and insurance industries.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
At the intersection of two trending topics, AI and sustainability, there are a myriad of both costs and benefits to consider. Host Heather Horn is joined by Scott Likens, PwC Global Chief AI Engineer, to discuss the environmental impact of AI and the balance between AI's benefits and its environmental footprint.
In this episode, they discuss:
Looking for more on AI? Check out PwC’s Artificial Intelligence services as well as resources on responsible AI, including What is responsible AI and how can it help harness trusted generative AI?
Scott Likens is the Global and US Chief AI Engineer leading and overseeing the AI Engineering and Emerging Technology teams in the United States. With more than 30 years of emerging technology experience, he has helped clients transform their customer experience and enhance their digital operations across all aspects of their business.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our miniseries on loans and investments with a discussion of the current expected credit losses (CECL) impairment model, applicable to a broad range of financial assets.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see chapter 7 of our Loans and investments guide. Also, check out our other episodes in this miniseries, Accounting for debt securities held by corporates and Accounting for loan receivables by corporates. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Catherine Espino is a partner in PwC’s National Office with 20 years of experience serving large financial institutions, broker-dealers, as well as smaller subsidiaries and private companies. Catherine focuses on advising companies within the financial services and non-financial services sectors on significant and complex accounting issues.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The term “ESG” has been used for over two decades, including in this podcast miniseries title. Host Heather Horn sat down with guest Matt Sekol, Sustainability Global Blackbeltand author of ESG Mindset: Business Resilience and Sustainable Growth, to revisit the complexities of ESG and how companies can rethink the concept to not only build better resilience for the long term, but also find value in reporting.
In this episode, they discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Matthew Sekol is a Sustainability Global Black Belt on Microsoft’s Cross-Industry team and a Senior Advisor for Enzo Advisors. In 2024, Matthew released a book called ESG Mindset, which is a guide for companies to think critically about ESG and take a holistic approach to the business. He serves on the LP Advisory Committee of Morgan Stanley’s Next Level Fund, which invests in diverse-led and founded startups. Matthew is considered a benevolent troublemaker who guides companies and partners to think through and address their most material issues on their path to impact.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our miniseries on loans and investments with a discussion of the accounting by corporate entities for loan receivables, which can include items such as trade receivables and other receivables with customers, suppliers, employees and more.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see chapter 4 of our Loans and investments guide. Also, check out our other episode in this miniseries, Accounting for debt securities held by corporates. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National Office with nearly 30 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial services clients on treasury-related matters.
Catherine Espino is a partner in PwC’s National Office with 20 years of experience serving large financial institutions, broker-dealers, as well as smaller subsidiaries and private companies. Catherine focuses on advising companies within the financial services and non-financial services sectors on significant and complex accounting issues.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Impact accounting is the process of attributing monetary value to disparate pools of datapoints across sustainability topics with the intent of creating comparability to drive investment decisions. This week, host Heather Horn is joined by a special guest from the International Foundations of Valuing Impacts (IFVI), CEO and President, Rob Zochowski, to discuss the relatively new concept of impact accounting and how it can complement existing sustainability reporting for business decision-making.
In this episode, they discuss:
For more information on impacting accounting, see PwC’s Impact management for sustainable business strategy. Further, as referenced in the episode, more information on European Union regulations can be found in PwC’s publication, European Union regulations beyond CSRD.
And visit IFVI’s website on Tuesday, October 15 for the release of its impact accounting methodologies.
T. Robert Zochowski is the President and CEO of IFVI since its founding. Formerly, he was the Program Director Impact Investing and Sustainability Special Projects including the Impact Weighted Accounts Project. Rob was a Vice President at Goldman Sachs. Rob received his MBA from Columbia Business School in the Executive Program where he concentrated on Social Enterprise and Impact Investing, graduating Dean’s Honors with Distinction. He was featured in Poets and Quants annual 100 Best & Brightest Executive MBAs list and received the Carson Family Changemaker Award.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We kick off our miniseries on loans and investments with an episode on accounting for debt securities for corporate entities. We discuss key considerations applicable to corporates and share insights on some of the more complex areas.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see chapter 3 of our Loans and investments guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Christopher Gerdau is a partner in PwC’s National Office specializing in accounting for financial instruments and banking-related topics. Chris also conducts technical reviews of SEC filings and provides technical support to PwC’s practice offices. Chris’s client service expertise includes the banking, capital markets, and insurance industries.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Host Heather Horn is joined by Mardi McBrien, Chief of Strategic Affairs & Capacity Building at the IFRS Foundation, and Katharina Bryan, Head of International Sustainability Reporting Policy at Amazon, to highlight the PwC and IFRS Foundation NYC Climate Week event: Sustainability disclosure in practice. Together they break down the event and share highlights, practical perspectives, and takeaways for preparers on their own sustainability reporting journeys.
In this episode, they discuss:
Summary of the event
Looking for more about the IFRS Foundation? Tune into the IFRS Foundation’s upcoming Webcast: Perspectives on sustainability disclosure, check out the recently released voluntary application guide, Voluntarily applying ISSB standards – a guide for preparers, or visit the IFRS Sustainability knowledge hub. Also, as referenced in the podcast, for more on capacity building, visit the Global Capacity Building Coalition’s recently launched website.
Mardi McBrien is the Chief of Strategic Affairs and Capacity Building at the IFRS Foundation responsible for sustainability reporting.
Katharina Bryan is Head of International Sustainability Reporting Policy at Amazon.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With an unprecedented level of change in recent years, the PCAOB has become a standard setter to watch – not just for audit firms but for companies. The episode brings the latest in PCAOB standard setting developments, including what they mean for preparers. Our guest is Brian Croteau, PwC’s US Chief Auditor, who leads our team that follows all things PCAOB.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information on these topics see our publications:
SEC approves PCAOB foundational and quality control standards
PCAOB advances rulemaking related to technology
PCAOB proposes additional reporting by auditors
PCAOB solicits additional feedback on its noncompliance proposal
Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app.
Brian Croteau is the US Chief Auditor, Auditing Services Leader. He oversees the establishment and maintenance of PwC’s audit policies and practices, leads efforts to directly support PwC’s audit quality objectives, and plays a key role in the monitoring and assessment of audit quality. He also leads the firm’s efforts related to its relationship with the PCAOB, including supporting all aspects of the PCAOB’s inspection process. Brian currently serves as a member of the PCAOB’s Standards and Emerging Issues Advisory Group (SEIAG) and the SEIAG’s Emerging Issues in Auditing subcommittee. Prior to rejoining PwC in 2017, he served for over six years as the Deputy Chief Accountant of the Professional Practice Group within the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC. In his work at the SEC, Brian played a key role in the SEC’s oversight of the activities of the PCAOB, managed the resolution of auditor independence issues and ethical matters, and monitored audit and independence standard setting internationally.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In the second episode of our miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting, we discuss how to establish organizational boundaries. Host Heather Horn is joined again by Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, and Kelsey Pizza, a senior manager in PwC’s National Office, who illustrate the importance of including the correct entities, assets, and operations through real world examples.
Different frameworks may prescribe different approaches while others provide some flexibility so it is key to understand your reporting requirements (as discussed in the first episode in this miniseries, Talking GHG: Reporting requirements for greenhouse gas emissions). We’ll highlight different approaches and the impacts (sometimes more significant than one would expect) that an organizational boundary can have on reporting.
This episode discusses:
For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including the five-step process outlined in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide.
Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.
Kelsey Pizza is a senior manager in PwC’s National Office. She provides advice on technical accounting issues and monitors developments in financial reporting and standard setting. Kelsey helps develop PwC thought leadership, with a particular focus on sustainability reporting, clean and renewable energy accounting matters, and other topics affecting the utilities & sustainable energy sector.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
PwC provides a summary of the latest accounting, financial reporting, and regulatory updates to support your quarterly reporting.
The adoption of the new segment reporting guidance is just around the corner for many public companies. As we approach year end, we begin this edition of The quarter close by providing timely reminders for those preparing to adopt that guidance. We also take a closer look at annual goodwill impairment assessments, which companies often elect to perform this time of year.
In regulatory developments, we provide the latest updates on sustainability reporting and highlight new chapters in our global Sustainability reporting guide, a one-stop shop for finance and sustainability teams as they comply with the reporting frameworks expected to have the broadest impact globally. We also summarize recent SEC staff guidance on the SEC’s new cybersecurity incident reporting requirements.
Expect significant activity in FASB standard setting in the upcoming months with several proposals and new standards slated for issuance before the end of the year. We keep you up to date on the latest developments.
In this edition of The quarter close, we highlight these and other relevant accounting and reporting topics you should consider as you close out the third quarter of 2024.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our miniseries on foreign currency accounting with an episode on foreign currency remeasurement and translation.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information see chapters 4 and 5 of our Foreign currency guide. Also, check out our other episode in this miniseries, Foreign currency accounting – Determining functional currency. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
John Horan is a managing director in PwC’s National Office where he assists clients with complex accounting issues in the areas of foreign currency, liabilities and equity, earnings per share, and derivatives and hedging. John specializes in large capital transactions and initial public offerings.
Ross Drucker is a partner in PwC’s National Office where he assists clients with financial instrument accounting, including derivatives and hedging transactions, foreign currency, and structured capital markets transactions. He recently returned to PwC following two years working at the SEC in the Office of the Chief Accountant, focusing on financial instrument transactions as well as cryptocurrency.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This week we introduce a miniseries on the building blocks of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting. To kick off the miniseries, host Heather Horn is joined by Marcin Olewinski, an Assurance partner, and Kelsey Pizza, a senior manager in PwC’s National Office, to give an overview of the process and zero in on the first step, understanding reporting requirements. They highlight the GHG Protocol's foundational role and its similarities and differences with other standards.
In this episode, they discuss:
For more information on GHG emissions reporting, including the five-step process outlined in today’s episode, check out Chapter 7: Greenhouse gas emissions reporting in PwC’s global Sustainability reporting guide.
Marcin Olewinski is a PwC Assurance practice partner, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas emissions and sustainability reporting and leads PwC’s global technical working group focused on GHG.
Kelsey Pizza is a senior manager in PwC’s National Office. She provides advice on technical accounting issues and monitors developments in financial reporting and standard setting. Kelsey helps develop PwC thought leadership, with a particular focus on sustainability reporting, clean and renewable energy accounting matters, and other topics affecting the utilities & sustainable energy sector.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability and Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We kick off our miniseries on foreign currency accounting with an episode on determining functional currency, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which a distinct and separable operation operates.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see chapter 3 of our Foreign currency guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
John Horan is a managing director in PwC’s National Office where he assists clients with complex accounting issues in the areas of foreign currency, liabilities and equity, earnings per share, and derivatives and hedging. John specializes in large capital transactions and initial public offerings.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our miniseries on stock-based compensation awards with a focus on 5 important things for private companies to know. This is an area for which the accounting tends to be more complicated for nonpublic companies.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see chapter 6 of our Stock-based compensation guide. Also, check out our other episode in this miniseries, Stock-based compensation - 5 things to know about modifications. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Ken Stoler is a partner in PwC’s National Office who specializes in financial reporting and plan design issues related to equity compensation arrangements, retirement and healthcare plans, and other benefits. He has helped companies navigate their employee compensation issues during IPOs, spin offs, acquisitions, and other major transactions or events.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We kick off our miniseries on stock-based compensation with a focus on 5 important things to know when accounting for modifications to stock-based compensation awards.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see chapter 4 of our Stock-based compensation guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Ken Stoler is a partner in PwC’s National Office who specializes in financial reporting and plan design issues related to equity compensation arrangements, retirement and healthcare plans, and other benefits. He has helped companies navigate their employee compensation issues during IPOs, spin offs, acquisitions, and other major transactions or events.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our miniseries on software costs. They are accounted for using two different models depending on whether the software is used internally or externally. In this episode, we discuss the internal-use model applicable to software developed or obtained to meet the reporting entities’ internal needs.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see chapter 3 of our Software costs guide. Also, check out our other episode in this miniseries, Accounting for the cost of externally marketed software. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We kick off our miniseries on software costs. They are accounted for using two different models depending on whether the software is used internally or externally. In this episode we focus on the external use model applicable to software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed as a separate product or embedded within a product or process.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see chapter 2 of our Software costs guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Named the year of global elections, 2024 will see more than 50 countries with over half of the world’s population exercise their right to vote. On today’s episode, host Heather Horn reunites with Craig Stronberg from PwC Intelligence to discuss the depth of the 2024 elections – not just in the US but worldwide – and the downstream impacts they could have, including what companies need to consider when making business decisions. Hear what Craig has to say companies should be focused on now as the international spotlight shifts towards the United States.
In this episode, they discuss:
Craig Stronberg, a senior director in PwC Intelligence, develops forward-looking analysis on macroeconomic, geopolitical, and global issues to help leaders solve complex business problems. Prior to PwC, Craig had a nearly 20-year career in national security affair s where his areas of focus included global risk, cyber, counterterrorism and counterintelligence.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This episode is your one-stop shop covering the latest reporting and rulemaking developments at the SEC. With almost 40 years of combined experience at the SEC, our guests, National Office partners Kyle Moffatt and Kevin Vaughn, share their insights on all things SEC.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information on topics discussed during the podcast see our publications To GAAP or to non-GAAP, SEC adopts cybersecurity disclosure rules, and SEC comment letter trends. For more on the SEC’s 90 year history, follow the SEC on LinkedIn. Also, for more of our episodes follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Kevin Vaughn is a partner in PwC’s National Office. Prior to joining PwC, Kevin was senior associate chief accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where he spent almost 20 years focusing on complex financial reporting and technical accounting issues.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
There continues to be a significant amount of activity at a high velocity as it relates to the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA). In this episode, host Heather Horn welcomes back Matt Haskins, principal in PwC's Washington National Tax Services group, who focuses on renewable energy transactions, to discuss the latest IRA developments and what is on the horizon in this election year and beyond. Find out where companies should be focusing their efforts now and how to prepare for any changes that may come. Spoiler alert – stay the course.
In this episode, they discuss:
Looking for more on renewable energy credits?
For more information on the US Supreme Court overruling the Chevron doctrine:
Matt Haskins is a principal in PwC’s Washington National Tax Services group, focusing on renewable energy financing and M&A transactions. In addition to writing and speaking on issues in the renewable energy industry, Matt has co-chaired the energy and environmental taxes working group for the US Council on International Business and served as a delegate for key energy initiatives of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We conclude our revenue miniseries with an episode on collaborative arrangements, which has its own guidance (ASC 808, Collaborative Arrangements) but also often interacts with other guidance, including that on revenue from contracts with customers.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see section 2.4.1 of our Revenue guide. Also, check out other episodes in our miniseries: Modifying a contract? Your revenue recognition may change, Gross versus net revenue: Is your company the principal or agent?, and Identifying the contract – The first step in recognizing revenue. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies.
Christine Moore is a director in PwC’s Deals practice, advising audit and non-audit clients on complex accounting and financial reporting matters. She recently completed a tour with the National Office where she advised on revenue arrangements for public and private companies across various industries, with a focus on companies in the pharmaceutical and life sciences industry.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This week, host Heather Horn is joined by a special guest from the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB). Vice Chair, Sue Lloyd gives us an inside look into the ISSB’s workplan, new projects, and new strategic relationships. She also shares how the ISSB is supporting implementation of the standards.
In this episode, they discuss:
Want to hear more about the ISSB? Listen to our previous podcast discussing the ISSB standards and interoperability guidance. Also, as referenced in the podcast, check out the ISSB’s Webcast: Overview of ESRS-ISSB Standards Interoperability Guidance or visit the IFRS Sustainability knowledge hub.
Sue Lloyd is the Vice Chair of the ISSB and played a leading role in its establishment. Previously, she served as a member and Vice Chair of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and as Chair of the IFRS Interpretations Committee.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our revenue podcast miniseries discussing contract modifications. Contract modifications are accounted for as either a separate contract or as part of the existing contract, depending on the nature of the modification.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, see section 2.9 of our Revenue guide. Also, check out other episodes in our miniseries: Gross versus net revenue: Is your company the principal or agent? and Identifying the contract – The first step in recognizing revenue. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This episode provides an overview of the new standard from the International Accounting Standards Board, the IASB. IFRS 18 is the new standard on presentation and disclosure in financial statements, with a focus on updates to the income statement. This is a significant development in IFRS financial reporting - even companies not reporting under IFRS will want to be aware of these updates.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, read our publication, IFRS 18 is here: redefining financial performance reporting. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Gary Berchowitz is the non-financial instruments leader in PwC’s Global Assurance Quality - Corporate Reporting Services group. Gary brings years of financial accounting experience, working to drive quality and connectivity throughout the PwC network and help local teams solve complex accounting issues in a practical way. Gary contributes to the firm’s global view on a variety of financial reporting matters.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our revenue miniseries continues with identifying the contract, the first step in the five-step model in the revenue standard. It's important to get this step right to appropriately apply the model for recognizing revenue.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, read chapter 2 of our Revenue guide. Also, to hear more on revenue topics, listen to the first episode in this miniseries, Gross versus net revenue: Is your company the principal or agent?. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 30 years of experience. Mike specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Host Heather Horn welcomes back Will Evison, a director in PwC UK’s Global Sustainability, Climate, and Nature Strategy practice, to provide an update on the work of PwC’s Centre for Nature Positive Business and discuss the relationship between nature positive business strategy and reporting.
In this episode, they discuss:
Interested in more background on measuring and reporting nature and biodiversity? Listen to our previous podcasts in the “Becoming nature positive” series (Committing, measuring and reporting and Strategizing and implementing) and check out PwC’s global nature hub here.
Also, referenced in the podcast, is the Nature Strategy Handbook developed by Business for Nature in collaboration with PwC UK (official partner of the campaign), as well as Managing natures risks: from understanding to action, a follow-up to an earlier analysis of the nature dependence of industries’ direct operations that was carried out by PwC as part of the World Economic Forum’s New Nature Economy Report Series and published in the Nature Risk Rising report in 2020.
Will Evison is a director in PwC UK’s Global Sustainability, Climate, and Nature Strategy practice, specializing in integrating natural and social capital analysis into decision making. With over 18 years’ experience delivering climate and nature-related projects with businesses, investment firms and public sector organizations across more than 20 countries, he also led the development of PwC’s Total Impact Measurement and Management methodologies (TIMM), and now manages PwC’s global TIMM center of excellence. These methodologies utilize predictive analytics, health economics, and wellbeing techniques to model outcomes.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This episode begins a podcast miniseries on revenue topics with a discussion of principal versus agent (PvA) or “gross versus net” revenue. In other words, the principal in a transaction records revenue on a gross basis and the agent records revenue net. The PvA analysis can be subjective but it's important to get it right as it can materially impact a key line item in the income statement, revenue from contracts with customers.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, read chapter 10 of our Revenue guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 30 years of experience. Mike specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This episode dives into valuation relating to goodwill impairments, long-lived asset impairments, and business combinations. We discuss:
For more information, read chapter 7 of our Fair value guide, chapters 2 and 9 of our Business combinations guide, and chapter 5 our Property, plant, equipment and other assets guide. Also, check out another recent podcast related to this topic, Impairment of long-lived assets held and used. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting.
Adam Smith is a managing director in PwC’s Deals practice with experience related to performing valuations of businesses, business interests, intangible assets, and derivatives. Adam’s valuation specialization supports a wide range of purposes, including financial reporting, litigation support, corporate planning and consulting, and mergers and acquisitions.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In June 2024, PwC released its 2024 Global Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) survey, which covers a variety of topics on the current state of companies’ CSRD implementation. In this week’s podcast, host Heather Horn welcomes back Nadja Picard, PwC’s Global Reporting Leader, to dive into the results of the survey conducted in April 2024, including company readiness, data availability, and the use of technology in reporting.
In this episode, we discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Nadja Picard is PwC’s Global Reporting Leader. In this role, she leads PwC’s global initiative to help clients transform their corporate reporting to meet investor and stakeholder demands for trusted and assured reporting beyond financial reporting. Nadja also advises companies on the accounting, corporate reporting, and investor relations requirements in advance of capital markets transactions, especially IPOs.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This episode covers the latest developments in the world of crypto assets from the current landscape to the regulatory environment to the accounting. In this episode, we discuss:
For more information on this topic, read our Crypto assets guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Kevin Jackson is a partner in PwC’s Capital Markets Accounting Advisory Services practice who assists clients with complex accounting and financial reporting issues. Kevin is also a member of the AICPA's Digital Assets Working Group, which provides interpretive guidance on how to account for digital assets.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
PwC provides a summary of the latest accounting, financial reporting, and regulatory updates to support your quarterly reporting.
We begin this edition of The quarter close with a mid-year check-in on SEC comment letter trends. Spoiler alert: non-GAAP financial measures continue to draw the most comments from the SEC staff. We also highlight key considerations for service or supply arrangements that may have embedded leases.
In sustainability reporting news, the SEC stayed its climate disclosure rules in light of pending litigation. However, beyond the SEC’s rules, companies may be subject to a range of sustainability reporting obligations. We keep you informed on the latest developments.
This quarter we spotlight recent international standard-setting activities, including a new IFRS standard that redefines financial performance reporting. Although US GAAP reporters are not subject to IFRS standards, you’ll want to stay updated on the changes, which could influence the views of stakeholders in the US. In addition, we summarize the FASB’s latest decisions on its project on software costs.
In this edition of The quarter close, we highlight these and other relevant accounting and reporting topics you should consider as you close out the second quarter of 2024.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We conclude our miniseries on consolidation accounting with an episode on identifying the primary beneficiary of a VIE, the reporting entity required to consolidate the VIE. In this episode, we discuss:
For more information on this topic, read chapter 5 of our Consolidation guide. Also, for an overview of the consolidation framework, listen to the first two episodes in this miniseries, The consolidation framework – Getting started and The consolidation framework – Identifying a VIE. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for episodes on other topics.
Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office who helps clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, consolidations, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.
Alexander Martin is a partner in PwC's Deals practice with over a decade of deals experience, helping clients solve complex accounting, financial reporting, and other business issues that arise from transaction-driven events such as mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, and capital raises.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this podcast, host Heather Horn sits down with Emily Kirsch, a director in PwC's sustainability practice, to discuss how companies are approaching the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) implementation process. The clock is ticking as companies navigate the various phases of the process, including scoping, the double materiality assessment, the gap assessment, and remediation.
In this episode, we discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Emily Kirsch is a director in PwC's sustainability practice focused on sustainability reporting and standard setting in the EU. She advises both public and private companies in navigating complex emerging sustainability reporting requirements and implementing new reporting regulations during periods of change in an organization.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our miniseries on consolidation accounting and dive into the evaluation of variable interests and the characteristics of a variable interest entity (VIE).
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information on this topic, read chapters 3 and 4 of our Consolidation guide. Also, for an overview of the consolidation framework, listen to the first episode in this miniseries, The consolidation framework – Getting started. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for episodes on other topics.
Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office who helps clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, consolidations, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.
Alexander Martin is a partner in PwC's Deals practice with over a decade of deals experience, helping clients solve complex accounting, financial reporting, and other business issues that arise from transaction-driven events such as mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, and capital raises.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this episode, Heather sits down with Marie Hache, PwC Sustainability partner, to discuss the practical challenges companies will face in implementing new mandatory sustainability reporting requirements. They cover leading practices including data quality considerations and getting ready for assurance.
In this episode, we discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Marie Hache is a partner in the Sustainability Services team at PwC with experience working with companies across multiple sectors including services, pharma, retail, technology, hospitality, utilities, and manufacturing. She helps clients reliably and transparently communicate on ESG topics to meet stakeholder expectations.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We kick off our miniseries on consolidation accounting with an overview of the consolidation models and lay the foundation to go deeper into the variable interest entity model in the next two episodes.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information on this topic, read chapter 1 of our Consolidation guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office who helps clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, consolidations, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.
Alexander Martin is a partner in PwC's Deals practice with over a decade of deals experience, helping clients solve complex accounting, financial reporting, and other business issues that arise from transaction-driven events such as mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, and capital raises.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this podcast, host Heather Horn sits down with Katie Woods, a senior director in PwC's Global Corporate Reporting Services group, to discuss the recent activities of the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB). They discuss the standards issued by the ISSB to date, recent decisions reached by the board regarding future standard setting activities, updates on jurisdictional activity, and more.
In this episode, we discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Katie Woods is a senior director in PwC's Global Corporate Reporting Services - sustainability group advising on ESG and international accounting standards. Katie specializes in the new and emerging ESG reporting frameworks working across the PwC network. She has over 30 years of experience working with a broad range of companies. Katie speaks regularly on a range of ESG and accounting topics.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We wrap up our miniseries on accounting for financing transactions with a focus on the accounting for equity-linked instruments.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information on these topics, read chapter 5 of our Financing transactions guide. Also, check out other episodes in our miniseries: Share repurchases – The type of arrangement matters, Accounting for preferred stock from issuance to retirement, and Understanding "mezzanine” equity. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
John Horan is a managing director in PwC’s National Office where he assists clients with complex accounting issues in the areas of foreign currency, liabilities and equity, earnings per share, and derivatives and hedging. John specializes in large capital transactions and initial public offerings.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With the finalization of the SEC’s climate disclosure rules and subsequent stay, along with other developments in the sustainability reporting landscape, the pace of change can seem dizzying. In this podcast, host Heather Horn sits down with Kyle Moffat, PwC National Office partner, and Casey Herman, PwC Sustainability partner, to take stock of the landscape and consider what companies can and should be doing now to navigate the uncertainty and prepare for future compliance.
In this episode, we discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards. Also, listen to our deep dive on the SEC climate rules here.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Casey Herman is a PwC Sustainability partner, leading a firmwide, cross functional team that assists companies with important ESG and sustainability matters. His team’s work spans from accurately reporting ESG data and progress to designing and implementing sustainable business strategies. Casey has more than 35 years of experience providing trust and consulting services to energy and utility companies.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Next up in our miniseries on accounting for financing transactions is mezzanine equity. When an instrument is presented as mezzanine equity, it is not permanent equity or a liability. We explain what that means and provide an overview of how to account for it as well as the financial statement impacts.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information on these topics, read chapter 7 of our Financing transactions guide. Also, check out other episodes in our miniseries covering Accounting for preferred stock from issuance to retirement and Share repurchases – The type of arrangement matters. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National office with nearly 30 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial services clients on treasury-related matters.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
While the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) was enacted into law in 2022, the Department of the Treasury continues to provide guidance to taxpayers on how to utilize the provisions of the law. Such guidance has been issued with increasing volume in recent months. In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with Matt Haskins, principal in PwC's Washington National Tax Services office who focuses on renewable energy transactions, to discuss the latest IRA guidance and the implications for businesses.
In this episode, we discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Matt Haskins is a principal in PwC’s Washington National Tax Services, focusing on renewable energy financing and M&A transactions. In addition to writing and speaking on issues in the renewable energy industry, Matt has co-chaired the energy and environmental taxes working group for the US Council on International Business and served as a delegate for key energy initiatives of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our miniseries on accounting for financing transactions with a focus on preferred shares. In this episode we provide an overview and walk through the key judgments in accounting for different types of preferred stock.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information on these topics, read chapter 7 of our Financing transactions guide. Also, for more on the EPS implications of preferred stock, listen to our podcast, Presenting earnings per share (EPS). Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Christopher Gerdau is a partner in PwC’s National Office specializing in accounting for financial instruments and banking-related topics. Chris also conducts technical reviews of SEC filings and provides technical support to PwC’s practice offices. Chris’s client service expertise includes the banking, capital markets, and insurance industries.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The concept of a circular economy emphasizes reducing, reusing, repairing, and recycling to minimize waste and maximize resource use in the context of a planet with finite resources. And as you’ll hear in this episode, circularity is increasingly becoming a business issue, both a challenge and opportunity, that interacts with multiple sustainability topics.
This week, Heather Horn is joined by Tom Beagent, a partner in PwC UK’s Global Sustainability and Climate Change practice, to discuss the circular economy, a sustainable alternative to the traditional linear economy model.
In this episode, we discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Tom Beagent is a partner in PwC UK’s Global Sustainability and Climate Change practice, specializing in integrating natural and social capital analysis into decision making for sustainable growth. With over 20 years’ experience delivering sustainable business projects, he also co-developed PwC’s Total Impact Measurement and Management methodologies (TIMM), which allows organizations to measure and value the social, environmental, economic, and fiscal impacts resulting from their operations, as well as their extended value chains.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We kick off our miniseries on accounting for financing transactions with a focus on share repurchases. We provide an overview of the different methods and reasons companies may repurchase their own shares as well as the accounting implications. Spoiler alert – the type of arrangement really matters as it dictates the accounting.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information on these topics, read chapter 9 of our Financing transactions guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
John Horan is a managing director in PwC’s National Office where he assists clients with complex accounting issues in the areas of foreign currency, liabilities and equity, earnings per share, and derivatives and hedging. John specializes in large capital transactions and initial public offerings.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
While the SEC has stayed its climate disclosure rule for now, our team is still fielding many questions as preparers work toward complying with global sustainability reporting regulations. In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with PwC National Office partners Kevin Vaughn, Diana Stoltzfus, and Valerie Wieman to break down some frequently asked questions on the SEC climate-related disclosures rules.
In this episode, we discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards. Also, refer to the SEC staff’s Dear Issuer Letter for sample comments on a company’s climate-related disclosures.
Kevin Vaughn is a partner in PwC’s National Office. Prior to joining PwC, Kevin was senior associate chief accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where he spent almost 20 years focusing on complex financial reporting and technical accounting issues.
Valerie Wieman is a PwC National Office partner with over 30 years of experience. She helps lead the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on domestic and international sustainability requirements.
Diana Stoltzfus is a partner in the National Office. Diana helps to shape PwC’s perspectives on regulatory matters, responses to rulemakings, and policy development, and implementation related to significant new rules and regulations. Prior to rejoining PwC, Diana was the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where she led the activities of the Professional Practices Group within the OCA.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected]
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This episode provides an overview of new FASB income tax guidance requiring disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation as well as income taxes paid. The FASB’s updates are intended to benefit investors by providing more detailed income tax disclosures that may be useful in making capital allocation decisions.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information, read our publication, FASB issues guidance on income tax disclosures. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Jennifer Spang is the PwC National Office income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 30 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Companies subject to multiple sustainability reporting regulations are sorting through how best to meet each framework’s requirements in an effective and efficient manner. In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with Valerie Wieman, PwC National Office Partner, to discuss the concepts of interoperability and equivalence across global sustainability reporting frameworks as well as the importance of a data-driven assessment.
In this episode, we discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Valerie Wieman is a PwC National Office partner with over 30 years of experience. She helps lead the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on domestic and international sustainability requirements.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The final episode in our lease accounting miniseries focuses on embedded leases. Although it may not be explicitly stated, your contract may contain a lease that needs to be accounted for. We cover some of the key considerations and common difficulties.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information on these topics, read chapter 2 of our Leases guide. Also, check out other episodes in our miniseries covering Lease classification, "Day 2" lease accounting, and lessee accounting for real estate leases. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Marc Jerusalem is a PwC National Office managing director specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
A critical step in getting ready for new sustainability reporting requirements is building a comprehensive governance framework. In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with Stephen Parker and Matt DiGuiseppe of PwC’s Governance Insights Center to discuss the new regulatory environment and what it means for board members looking to discharge their oversight responsibilities effectively and management looking to get the board ready.
In this episode, we discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Stephen Parker is a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, which strives to strengthen the connection between directors, executive teams, and investors by helping them navigate the evolving governance landscape. With more than 30 years of experience, Stephen has advised boards of directors on a variety of complex financial reporting matters. Stephen’s client service experience includes energy and utility companies, financial services companies, and nonprofits.
Matt DiGuiseppe is a managing director in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, which helps stakeholders navigate the evolving governance landscape. Matt has participated in numerous industry groups and was the founding chairperson of the Investor Stewardship Group (ISG), which advanced a set of corporate governance and stewardship principles for the US market.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this next episode in our miniseries on lease accounting, we focus on lessee accounting for real estate leases. From lease incentives to build-to-suit arrangements and more, we cover some of the key areas that lessees should consider in accounting for real estate leases.
In this episode, we discuss:
For more information on these topics, read chapters 3, 6, and 8 of our Leases guide. Also, check out other episodes in our miniseries covering lease classification and “day 2” lease accounting. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows, as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.
Marc Jerusalem is a PwC National Office managing director specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
While the changing global sustainability reporting landscape may pose challenges for preparers, there continue to be opportunities for companies in every industry to take a holistic approach to disclosure – whether mandatory or voluntary.
In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with Marc Siegel, PwC National Office partner, for a discussion of the key focus areas and action steps for C-suite executives as they ready their companies for the future of global sustainability reporting.
In this episode, we discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards. For more information on the SEC climate-related disclosure rules, refer to our publication, SEC adopts climate-related disclosure rules.
Marc Siegel is a PwC National Office partner. He helps boards and executives with transparent articulation of their company’s long term value creation story, throughout investor communication channels within and outside of regulatory filings. Marc completed 14 years of setting reporting standards in both financial accounting and ESG as a member of the FASB and SASB, respectively.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our miniseries on lease accounting. In this episode, we discuss “day 2” lease accounting, focusing on lease remeasurements, subleasing, and lease impairments.
In this episode, you’ll hear a discussion of:
For more information on modifications and remeasurements of leases, read chapter 5 of our Leases guide. For more on leases, check out the first episode in our miniseries; it covers lease classification. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows, as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.
Marc Jerusalem is a PwC National Office managing director specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) under the IFRS Foundation last year released IFRS S1 and IFRS S2, representing a step toward the organization’s goal of achieving a comprehensive global baseline of sustainability disclosures. But implementing such a global baseline effectively goes beyond simply setting standards – it requires a new set of capabilities, infrastructure, knowledge, and talent in economies around the world.
New sustainability reporting requirements in jurisdictions around the world have resulted in the need for companies to take stock of their own capacity to produce high quality sustainability disclosures, as well as the capacity of players in their value chains who will provide inputs to their reporting. In this episode, Heather Horn sat down with Mardi McBrien, Chief of Strategic Affairs & Capacity Building at the IFRS Foundation, to discuss how the IFRS Foundation has been working to build capacity, and how companies can best navigate the overall sustainability reporting environment moving forward.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Mardi McBrien is the Chief of Strategic Affairs & Capacity Building at the IFRS Foundation responsible for sustainability reporting. In this role she has played an active part in setting up the ISSB. Prior to the IFRS Foundation, Mardi spent over a decade leading the global ESG standard setter, the Climate Disclosure Standards Board (CDSB), in developing quality disclosure standards and thought leadership on environmental and social issues.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This first episode in a miniseries on lease accounting focuses on lease classification. We provide an overview of the differences between finance and operating leases and discuss the criteria for classifying leases.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapter 3 of our Leases guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows, as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.
Marc Jerusalem is a PwC National Office managing director specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Companies around the world are now facing the difficult task of operationalizing multiple sustainability reporting regulations, and doing so within an unprecedented timeline. How are they managing the pressures? In this episode, host Heather Horn sat down with Alan McGill, PwC UK’s Sustainability Reporting, Measurements, and Assurance Leader, to illuminate some of the ways that companies are most effectively navigating the current regulatory landscape.
In this episode, we discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to receive all of our thought leadership on sustainability.
Alan McGill is PwC UK's Sustainability Reporting, Measurements, and Assurance Leader. With experience delivering sustainable business projects, Alan’s work focuses on the impact of sustainability issues on business and providing organizations with attestation services over their reporting on relevant sustainability issues.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We wrap up our miniseries exploring accounting for property, plant, and equipment with a discussion of asset acquisitions. In this episode Host Heather Horn is joined by PwC National Office partners Matt Sabatini and Alexander Martin who team up to share their knowledge and insights on this topic.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapter 2 of our Property, plant, equipment and other assets guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office who helps clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.
Alexander Martin is a partner in PwC's National Office with over a decade of deals experience, helping clients solve complex accounting, financial reporting, and other business issues that arise from transaction-driven events such as mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, and capital raises.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The SEC’s new climate-related disclosures rules include new required disclosures on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reporting and assurance will be required.
In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with Marcin Olewinski, a Trust Solutions partner, to unpack the key GHG emissions reporting requirements in the SEC’s new rules and to share insights for companies navigating the intersection among regulatory reporting requirements globally.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Tune into to our prior podcast for a primer on GHG emissions reporting. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
For more information specific to the SEC’s climate disclosure rules, read our In brief summary and comprehensive In depth publications.
Note: On March 15, 2024, the US Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit temporarily stayed the rules. Next steps, including the timing and location of a potential hearing, are unclear.
Marcin Olewinski is a partner in PwC’s Trust Solutions practice, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he is focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas and sustainability reporting.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The SEC’s final climate rule may be the headline news; however, companies shouldn’t lose sight of other requirements impacting first quarter reporting. As we kick off a new year, use our “cheat sheet” summary to keep track of new accounting guidance effective in 2024. In addition, Pillar Two tax legislation is now effective in several jurisdictions around the world and we discuss the implications.
Marking a significant milestone in sustainability reporting, the SEC voted on March 6 to finalize its long-awaited climate disclosure rules. In regulatory developments we provide details and the resources you need to get up to speed on the final requirements. The SEC’s rule is just one of the sustainability reporting requirements that may impact you. This quarter we launched the first chapter of our new global Sustainability Reporting Guidance – use it as a one-stop shop for guidance on the major required sustainability reporting frameworks around the globe.
After issuing three significant new standards in the fourth quarter of 2023, the FASB continues to make progress on the remaining projects on its technical agenda. We provide a preview of what to expect in standard setting in 2024.
In this edition of The quarter close, we highlight these and other relevant accounting and reporting topics you should consider as you close out the first quarter of 2024.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our miniseries exploring accounting for property, plant, and equipment. In this second episode we discuss the treatment of long-lived assets that are held for sale, from impairment to accounting for the sale of non-financial assets. Host Heather Horn is once again joined by Beth Paul, Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office, to walk through specific considerations and complexities on this topic.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapter 5 of our Property, plant, equipment and other assets guide or listen to another podcast with further insights on this topic, Fixed asset toolkit: Assets held for sale. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Got property, plant, and equipment? We’ve got you covered with a miniseries that explores the key judgments and complexities on the topic. We kick off with the impairment of long-lived assets that are held and used. Host Heather Horn is joined by Beth Paul, Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office, to break down what is important.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapter 5 of our Property, plant, equipment and other assets guide or listen to another podcast with further insights on this topic, Impairment toolkit: Long-lived assets. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app to have other episodes in the series pushed to you.
Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting.
Heather Horn is the PwC National Office Sustainability & Thought Leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting, financial reporting, and sustainability matters. In addition, she is part of PwC’s global sustainability leadership team, developing interpretive guidance and consulting with companies as they transition from voluntary to mandatory sustainability reporting. She is also the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with Kyle Moffatt, PwC’s Professional Practice leader, and PwC National Office partners Kevin Vaughn and Valerie Wieman to break down the much-anticipated SEC climate-related disclosures rules.
For more information on the SEC climate-related disclosure rules, refer to our In brief publication. Note: On March 15, 2024, the US Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit temporarily stayed the rules. Next steps, including the timing and location of a potential hearing, are unclear.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Kevin Vaughn is a partner in PwC’s National Office. Prior to joining PwC, Kevin was senior associate chief accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where he spent almost 20 years focusing on complex financial reporting and technical accounting issues.
Valerie Wieman is a PwC National Office partner with over 30 years of experience. She helps lead the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on domestic and international sustainability requirements.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The GHG Protocol has been one of the most widely used sustainability reporting frameworks for companies reporting GHG emissions information. With the evolution of the sustainability reporting landscape, including the adoption of regulatory sustainability reporting frameworks both in the United States and globally, the criticality of GHG emissions information and the GHG Protocol is reinforced by its incorporation in the primary sustainability reporting frameworks.
In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with Marcin Olewinski, a PwC Trust Solutions partner, to unpack some of the fundamental judgments in GHG emissions reporting as companies prepare for the shift from a voluntary to mandatory reporting environment.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read our Navigating the ESG landscape publication as well as our comment letter to the GHG protocol. Additionally, note that this podcast was recorded prior to issuance of the SEC climate disclosure rules on March 6. Stay tuned for more content specific to the SEC rules. Lastly, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Marcin Olewinski is a partner in PwC’s Trust Solutions practice, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he is focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas and sustainability reporting.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our podcast series focused on financial statement presentation.
In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with Bret Dooley, Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office leading our financial instruments team, for a refresher on restricted cash – a focus area due to its impact on liquidity and the recent statement from the SEC Chief Accountant on the cash flow statement. Together, they break down the judgments in identifying and presenting restricted cash.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapter 6 of our Financial statement presentation guide or listen to another podcast on the statement of cash flows, 2023 Year-end toolkit: Conquering the statement of cash flows. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National office who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Union (EU) has ushered in a new era of sustainability reporting, as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) is now effective. With impacts to both EU and non-EU headquartered companies, now is the time to understand the reporting requirements of this sweeping new regulation.
Continuing our CSRD series, this week Heather Horn is joined by PwC Netherlands partner Kees-Jan de Vries to discuss the topic of the EU’s green taxonomy disclosures for financial institutions, including how the metrics and key performance indicators differ from the baseline taxonomy disclosures, as well as what financial institutions should be doing to prepare.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Kees-Jan de Vries is a sustainability partner for PwC Netherlands, specializing in reporting for banks and insurance companies. He serves as chair of PwC's international Financial Services Sustainable Reporting Working Group that interprets EU Taxonomy, CSRD, ESRS, and SFDR requirements.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our month of podcasts focused on financial statement presentation.
In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with Bret Dooley, Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office leading our financial instruments team, for a refresher on a topic that is fundamental to financial reporting for its impact on financial statement ratios – balance sheet offsetting. Together, they break down the complexities involved in determining whether and how to offset balance sheet amounts.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapters 19 and 22 of our Financial statement presentation guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National office who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Union (EU) has ushered in a new era of sustainability reporting, as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) is now effective. With impacts to both EU and non-EU headquartered companies, now is the time to understand the reporting requirements of this sweeping new regulation.
Continuing our CSRD series, this week Heather Horn is joined by Peter Flick and Nina Schäfer to discuss the topics of reporting boundaries and other common CSRD implementation questions companies are facing.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Peter Flick is the Sustainability Reporting Technical Leader for PwC Germany, where he oversees a team focused on sustainability reporting issues in the National Office. Prior to taking on sustainability reporting, Peter consulted with clients on complex financial instrument accounting under IFRS and German GAAP.
Nina Schäfer is a Director in PwC Germany’s National Office, where she focuses on sustainability reporting technical issues and consultations.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our month of podcasts focused on financial statement presentation.
In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with Jay Seliber, a partner in PwC’s National Office specializing in business combinations, to share insights on the accounting and reporting considerations for discontinued operations. Together, they unpack the judgments and practical challenges in navigating discontinued operations, an area of increased focus given the current economic environment in which many companies are considering disposing of portions of their businesses.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapter 27 of our Financial statement presentation guide and chapter 12 of our Income taxes guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) issued final IFRS® Sustainability Disclosure Standards (SDS) in June of 2023. Multiple jurisdictions around the world have signaled their intent to adopt the new standards, including some with fulsome legislative or regulatory proposals.
To capture the latest updates regarding the adoption of ISSB standards, Heather Horn sat down with Katie Woods, PwC UK Senior Director, to discuss measures advancing the standards in specific jurisdictions, as well as other important updates on the standard setter’s recent activities.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Katie Woods is a Senior Director in PwC's Global Corporate Reporting Services - sustainability group advising on ESG and International accounting standards. Katie specializes in the new and emerging ESG reporting frameworks working across the PwC Network. She has over 30 years of experience working with a broad range of companies. Katie speaks regularly on a range of ESG and accounting topics at national and international seminars.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We continue our month of podcasts focused on financial statement presentation hot topics.
In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with Pat Durbin, a deputy chief accountant in PwC’s National Office, and Felix Perez, a partner in PwC’s National Office specializing in SEC reporting, to discuss the significance of income statement presentation to the investor community and standard setters. Together, they break down key areas of judgment and the practical challenges involved in income statement presentation and classification.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapter 3 of our Financial statement presentation guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Felix Perez is a partner in PwC’s National Office specializing in SEC reporting. He has over 25 years of experience serving clients and engagement teams across financial services and technology sectors.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Investors today want to better understand how companies are managing crises and staying resilient, while creating and protecting long-term value in today’s fracturing world. They are looking closely at two areas—emerging technology and sustainability—to gauge whether companies can seize opportunities for reinvention and business transformation, or whether they will instead succumb to rivals.
That’s according to PwC’s most recent Global Investor Survey, which is now in its third consecutive year. To break down some of the survey’s results and their implications for preparers, Heather Horn sat down with Nadja Picard, PwC’s global reporting leader.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Nadja Picard is PwC’s Global Reporting Leader. In this role, she leads PwC’s global initiative to help clients transform their corporate reporting to meet investor and stakeholder demands for trusted and assured reporting beyond financial reporting. Nadja also advises companies on the accounting, corporate reporting, and investor relations requirements in advance of capital markets transactions, especially IPOs.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We kick off another month of podcasts, this time focused on financial statement presentation hot topics. Drumroll please... This week we are presenting EPS.
In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with John Horan, PwC National Office managing director, to discuss the significance of earnings per share (EPS), focusing on the practical challenges and judgments involved in this not-so-simple, but very closely-watched, computation.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapter 7 of our Financial statement presentation guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes.
John Horan is a managing director in PwC’s National Office where he assists clients with complex accounting issues in the areas of foreign currency, liabilities and equity, earnings per share, and derivatives and hedging. John specializes in large capital transactions and initial public offerings.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Even as mandatory sustainability reporting regulations near effective dates in jurisdictions around the world, voluntary reporting remains an important part of many companies’ disclosures. With more than 10,000 companies around the world using its standards, the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) remains a key standard setter in the impact reporting space.
Today’s guest makes the case that there are myriad benefits to voluntary reporting – not the least of which is preparation for mandatory reporting. Host Heather Horn sits down with Eelco van der Enden, CEO of GRI, to discuss GRI's recent accomplishments and the path ahead for sustainability reporting around the world.
In this episode, you’ll hear them discuss:
Looking for the latest developments in sustainability reporting? Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
Eelco van der Enden is the CEO of the Global Reporting Initiative. Prior to this role, Eelco led PwC’s global ESG platform for the Tax & Legal and People Services, and PwC's Tax Administration Consulting practice. Eelco is also Chairman of the Tax Policy Group of Accountancy Europe, and has published multiple articles on tax governance and reporting.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This week, we begin a collaboration with another popular PwC podcast. Host Heather Horn is joined by Doug McHoney, PwC International Tax Services Global Leader and host of the “Cross-border Tax Talks” podcast. Doug shares insights on the revolutionary new global tax system — the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) Pillar Two framework — and its impact on companies worldwide.
The objective of Pillar Two is for large multinational enterprises to pay a minimum level of tax (a threshold effective tax rate of 15%) on the income arising in each jurisdiction where they operate. Doug joins us to shed light on the judgments involved and what companies can do to prepare.
In this episode, you will hear:
For more on OECD’s Pillar Two, read our publication, Global taxation: More than an idea - what it means for you now, as well as our prior podcast, Tax policy update - OECD and domestic minimum taxes.
Additionally, check out PwC International Tax Services’ “Cross-border Tax Talks” podcast, and follow both podcasts on your favorite podcast app for upcoming episodes.
Doug McHoney is PwC's Global International Tax Services Leader, helping clients worldwide understand a wide range of global and local tax policy developments and providing technology-enabled consulting services. Doug also hosts the Cross-border Tax Talks podcast series, providing listeners with the latest trends in taxation.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process.
This week, host Heather Horn is joined by Pete Driscoll, PwC National Office partner, to break down the SEC’s 2023 enforcement action results, which set a record with 784 enforcement actions filed in 2023. Pete unpacks the themes and trends within those enforcement actions and shares advice on what companies can do to avoid some common pitfalls.
Listener note: Although we summarize key themes from allegations as described by SEC orders and complaints, it is important to note that companies have neither admitted nor denied wrongdoing in these cases.
In this episode, you will hear:
Pete Driscoll is a partner in PwC’s National Office focusing on SEC regulations, reporting, and compliance. Prior to his role at PwC, Pete held several roles at the SEC, including Director of the Division of Examinations and Chief Risk and Strategy Officer.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for other episodes in our Year-end toolkit series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process.
In this episode, guest host Kevin Vaughn, PwC National Office partner, sits down with Suzanne Stephani, PwC National Office director, to discuss the significance of the statement of cash flows, focusing on the practical challenges and judgments involved in the classification of cash flows.
In this episode, you will hear:
For more information, read chapter 6 of our Financial statement presentation guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for upcoming episodes in our Year-end toolkit series.
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows, as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.
Kevin Vaughn is a partner in PwC’s National Office. Prior to joining PwC, Kevin was senior associate chief accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where he spent almost 20 years focusing on complex financial reporting and technical accounting issues.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of ourYear-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process.
In this episode, guest host Kevin Vaughn, PwC National Office partner, sits down with Suzanne Stephani, PwC National Office director, to discuss the judgments and complexities involved in the balance sheet classification of debt, focusing on the challenges arising more frequently in today’s macroeconomic environment.
In this episode, you will hear:
For more information, read chapter 12 of our Financial statement presentation guide. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for upcoming episodes in our Year-end toolkit series.
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows, as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.
Kevin Vaughn is a partner in PwC’s National Office. Prior to joining PwC, Kevin was senior associate chief accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where he spent almost 20 years focusing on complex financial reporting and technical accounting issues.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
XBRL is an open international standard for digital business reporting that allows information to move between organizations rapidly and with accuracy. While XBRL is a mature component of today’s financial reporting ecosystem, a shared digital reporting language may also be critical for the future of sustainability reporting.
In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with John Turner, CEO of XBRL International, the global consortium that manages and promotes XBRL, to discuss the framework’s role in enhancing the quality and usefulness of sustainability disclosures.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Looking for more information on XBRL? Check out our previous podcast episode, What’s next in tech for finance? XBRL, your competitive advantage, as well as PwC’s XBRL service offerings. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to stay in the loop for the latest thought leadership on sustainability standards.
John Turner is the CEO of XBRL International. In his role, John is responsible for enhancing reporting under regulatory standards and supporting the adoption of XBRL globally. Throughout his career, he has been focused on improving business reporting and analytics, having been a leading member of the XBRL community since 2001 when it was founded, and also serving in roles within the consulting and regulation spaces.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process.
In this episode, guest host Kyle Moffatt, PwC National Office Professional Practice leader, sits down with PwC’s US Trust Solutions Quality Management leader, Michael Mullen, to help us navigate materiality judgments in a challenging financial environment.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information on key SEC rules, refer to our publications on cybersecurity disclosures and cybersecurity materiality assessments. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for upcoming episodes in our Year-end toolkit series.
Michael Mullen is PwC’s US Trust Solutions Quality Management leader. In this role, he oversees complex client issues, providing technical insights and expertise in support of overall quality. With over 30 years of client service experience, Michael has led numerous global client engagements.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Green Deal is a package of policy initiatives introduced by the European Commission (EC) in December 2019 with objectives to achieve “no net emissions of greenhouse gases by 2050, economic growth decoupled from resource use, and no person and no place left behind.” Many companies are already focused on one aspect of the Green Deal — the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD). But the CSRD is far from the only EU regulation needing immediate attention. This audio companion details several other pressing and broadly applicable EU regulations that would also be newly applicable — or possibly already applicable — for both EU and non-EU companies. In this episode, podcast host Heather Horn brings you an audio version of our publication covering the EU regulations beyond CSRD.
In this podcast, we cover:
Check out our publications European Union regulations beyond CSRD, Worldwide impact of CSRD - are you ready?, and Take the next step - decide how to report under CSRD for further details. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this CSRD spotlight miniseries, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process.
In this episode, guest host Kyle Moffatt, PwC National Office Professional Practice leader, sits down with Stephen Parker, a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, to discuss the ways that finance teams can effectively communicate with those charged with governance and share insights on key areas of focus for audit committees.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information on key SEC rules, refer to our publications on cybersecurity disclosures and cybersecurity materiality assessments. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for upcoming episodes in our Year-end toolkit series.
Stephen Parker is a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, which strives to strengthen the connection between directors, executive teams, and investors by helping them navigate the evolving governance landscape. With more than 30 years of experience, Stephen has advised boards of directors on a variety of complex financial reporting matters. Stephen’s client service experience includes energy and utility companies, financial services companies, and nonprofits.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process.
In this episode, guest host Kyle Moffatt, PwC National Office Professional Practice leader, sits down with PwC National Office leader Tim Carey and PwC National Office partner Kevin Vaughn to discuss rulemaking priorities and provide helpful reminders for public companies navigating SEC developments as they head into year end.
For more information on key SEC rules, refer to our publications on clawbacks, cybersecurity disclosures, cybersecurity materiality assessments, and the vacated SEC share repurchase rule. Also listen to our 2023 SEC comment letter podcast series for more insights related to SEC reporting.
Tim Carey is PwC’s National Office leader, with 30+ years of experience in complex accounting, tax, and reporting issues. Tim has led large-scale teams on a wide range of projects including financial statement audits, transaction structuring, financial due diligence, and post-merger integration.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Kevin Vaughn is a partner in PwC’s National Office. Prior to joining PwC, Kevin was senior associate chief accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where he spent almost 20 years focusing on complex financial reporting and technical accounting issues.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who m
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests share insights on key areas of the year-end accounting and reporting process.
To kick off the series, guest host Valerie Wieman, PwC National Office partner, welcomes three of our deputy chief accountants to discuss what is top of mind for each of them this year end.
In this episode, you will hear discussion of:
For more information on presentation and disclosure requirements, read our Financial statement presentation guide, and for further insights on the latest accounting, financial reporting and regulatory updates, read our Q4 2023 quarter close. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for upcoming episodes in our Year-end toolkit series, and for disclosure reminders on supplier finance programs, listen to our previous podcast.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the financial instruments accounting leader. He has over 25 years of experience specializing in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting.
Valerie Wieman is a PwC National Office partner with over 30 years of experience. She helps lead the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on domestic and international sustainability requirements.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accom
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Union (EU) has ushered in a new era of sustainability reporting, as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) is now effective. With impacts to both EU and non-EU headquartered companies, now is the time to understand the reporting requirements of this sweeping new regulation.
Continuing our CSRD series, this week we dive into a core component of reporting under the directive: the value chain. The CSRD will extend reporting to a company’s direct and indirect business relationships and activities across its value chain, which is expected to be one of the more challenging areas of compliance. In this episode, host Heather Horn is joined by PwC sustainability director Luca Bonaccorsi to discuss the concept of value chain reporting and what companies can do to navigate this “quantum leap” in reporting.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Looking for more information on the CSRD and reporting requirements? Check out our publications Worldwide impact of CSRD - are you ready? and Take the next step - decide how to report under CSRD for further details. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this CSRD spotlight miniseries, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership.
Luca Bonaccorsi is a sustainability director at PwC based in Belgium. Prior to joining the firm, he previously served in ESG and sustainable finance roles, and had career experience in investment banking and investigative journalism. He is a co-author of the EU Taxonomy technical criteria, and serves as a member of the Sustainability Reporting Technical Expert Group (SRT) at EFRAG.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our 2023 SEC comment letter trends series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.
This week, guest host Kevin Vaughn, a partner in PwC’s National Office, sat down with fellow PwC National Office partner Jay Seliber to discuss the latest trends in SEC comment letters on segment reporting and share insights on the FASB’s new segment reporting standard.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comments on segment reporting. For further information on segment disclosures read our publication FASB updates segments guidance and our Financial statement presentation guide. Also follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes in this comment letter series.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative on the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Kevin Vaughn is a partner in PwC’s National Office. Prior to joining PwC, Kevin was senior associate chief accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where he spent almost 20 years focusing on complex financial reporting and technical accounting issues.
Follow PwC’s accounting podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this SEC comment letter series, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In the fourth quarter 2023 edition of The quarter close, we provide year-end reminders on perennial favorites, including SEC reporting, income taxes, and the statement of cash flows. We also provide the latest on sustainability reporting and the FASB’s standard-setting activities. Read or listen to The quarter close for these and other relevant accounting and reporting topics you should consider as 2023 comes to a close.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Union (EU) has ushered in a new era of sustainability reporting, as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) is now effective. With impacts to both EU and non-EU headquartered companies, now is the time to understand the reporting requirements of this sweeping new regulation.
Continuing our CSRD series, in this episode we discuss how the investor community views and benchmarks sustainability requirements. This week, host Heather Horn is joined by Claire Berthier, CEO of French asset management firm Trusteam Finance, to share her viewpoint on how companies can align their sustainability reporting and corporate strategy to meet investor needs.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Looking for more information on the CSRD and reporting requirements? Check out our publications Worldwide impact of CSRD - are you ready? and Take the next step - decide how to report under CSRD for further details. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this CSRD spotlight miniseries, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership.
Claire Berthier is the CEO of Trusteam Finance, an investment and asset management firm based in Paris, France. With a background in M&A investment banking and private equity, she currently focuses on responsible investing and has co-founded a social impact start-up. She regularly shares her financial and non-financial ESG analysis expertise with fellow investors.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Follow PwC’s accounting podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this SEC comment letter series, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our 2023 SEC comment letter trends series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.
This week, host Heather Horn is joined by PwC National Office partner Ryan Spencer to discuss the continued focus in SEC comment letters on Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) and share insights for preparers on how to avoid the common pitfalls.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comments on MD&A, and follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for more episodes in this comment letter series.
Ryan Spencer is a partner at PwC's National Office specializing in SEC financial reporting. He has over 20 years of experience serving clients and is a frequent contributor to PwC’s publications and communications.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Follow PwC’s accounting podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this SEC comment letter series, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Union (EU) has ushered in a new era of sustainability reporting, as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) is now effective. With impacts to both EU and non-EU headquartered companies, now is the time to understand the reporting requirements of this sweeping new regulation.
This week we zoom out to review the broader landscape of EU regulations. Introduced as a result of the European Green Deal strategic policy initiative, these regulations will have impacts on topics from carbon pricing, to foreign subsidy disclosures, to corporate governance, and more. In this episode, Heather Horn is joined by PwC Netherlands partners Niels Muller and Linda Thonen to review these regulations, and how they will impact entities that are in scope.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Looking for more information on these EU regulations and their reporting requirements? Check out our publication European Union regulations beyond CSRD for further details. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this CSRD spotlight series, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership.
Niels Muller is a PwC partner based in the Netherlands specializing in energy transitions and sustainable energy. In this role he advises institutional investors, financial institutions, and utility companies as well as governments and non-governmental organizations on sustainability and tax projects.
Linda Thonen is a PwC legal services partner based in the Netherlands specializing in corporate and sustainability matters. With over 15 years as a legal practitioner, Linda’s experience has centered around corporate law, corporate governance, with a focus on M&A and cross-border transactions.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our 2023 SEC comment letter trends series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.
This week, host Heather Horn is joined by PwC Deputy Chief Accountant Beth Paul to discuss the rise in SEC comment letters on business combinations and share insights for preparers on how to avoid the common pitfalls.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comments on business combinations, as well as our Business combinations and Financial statement presentation guides. Also, listen to a previous podcast on business combination accounting.
Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Follow PwC’s accounting podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this SEC comment letter series, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework serves as a foundation for the major ESG disclosure frameworks, and also the basis for the California SB 261 climate disclosure rules recently signed into law. The UK first mandated reporting under the TCFD for listed companies beginning in 2021, and as such, there are two years of reports and insights available in 2023.
In today’s podcast, host Heather Horn sat down with Mark O’Sullivan, PwC UK’s Head of Corporate Reporting, to discuss PwC’s review of the second year of mandatory TCFD reporting for certain companies in the UK, and how insights from this review can help companies looking to start or enhance their climate-related disclosures.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Want to learn more about developments in ESG and TCFD? Read PwC UK’s publications, The green shoots of TCFD reporting, and Still early days: A review of year two of TCFD reporting, along with our previous podcast on how TCFD is shaping today’s reporting landscape. Additionally, refer to the FRC’s latest report on its reviews of TCFD disclosures, as well as the FRC Lab’s recent articles on materiality assessments and applications.
Mark O’Sullivan is PwC UK’s Head of Corporate Reporting. He has more than 15 years of experience advising leading organizations on current and best practices in reporting and the implementation of new reporting strategies to meet the needs of the capital markets. Mark also oversees PwC’s annual review of corporate reporting practices in the FTSE 350.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our 2023 SEC comment letter trends series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.
This week, host Heather Horn sat down with PwC National Office partner Mike Coleman to discuss common issues noted in the SEC staff’s comments on revenue, and why it consistently remains a top area of focus.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comments on revenue, as well as our Revenue guide. Also, listen to a previous podcast on trends in revenue more broadly and read our guide on accounting for revenue.
Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 30 years of experience. Mike specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Follow PwC’s accounting podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this SEC comment letter series, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Union (EU) has ushered in a new era of sustainability reporting, as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) is now effective. With impacts to both EU and non-EU headquartered companies, now is the time to understand the reporting requirements of this sweeping new regulation.
Continuing our CSRD series, this week we discuss the topic of “double materiality,” which represents the intersection between impact materiality and financial materiality. In this episode, Heather Horn is joined by Cécile Saint-Martin, PwC’s Global ESG Assurance Leader, to go over this critical element in determining the applicable impacts, risks, and opportunities, as well as extent of disclosures under CSRD.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Looking for more information on the CSRD and reporting requirements? Check out our publications Worldwide impact of CSRD - are you ready? and Take the next step - decide how to report under CSRD for further details. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this CSRD spotlight miniseries, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership.
Cécile Saint-Martin is PwC’s Global ESG Assurance Leader, leading the firm’s global initiative to deliver high quality and relevant assurance over ESG reporting. Based in France, she has executed assurance engagements on European corporations, and currently leads interpretation and implementation efforts on CSRD. Cécile has over 25 years of experience at PwC, also serving as an audit partner on global accounts within the Industry & Services sector.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our 2023 SEC comment letter trends series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.
This week, host Heather Horn sat down with PwC National Office partner Kevin Vaughn to discuss the SEC staff’s continued focus on non-GAAP measures, the area with the highest number of comments.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comments on non-GAAP measures and our publication on non-GAAP, which includes links to the updated C&DIs.
Kevin Vaughn is a partner in PwC’s National Office. Prior to joining PwC, Kevin was senior associate chief accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where he spent almost 20 years focusing on complex financial reporting and technical accounting issues.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Follow PwC’s accounting podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this SEC comment letters series, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Union (EU) has ushered in a new era of sustainability reporting, as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) is now effective. With impacts to both EU and non-EU headquartered companies, now is the time to understand the reporting requirements of this sweeping new regulation.
Continuing our CSRD series, this week we dive deeper into the EU’s “green” taxonomy regulation, which requires disclosure of certain metrics related to a company’s environmentally sustainable activities as early as 2024. In this episode, Heather Horn welcomes back PwC Germany senior manager Martin Schönberger to address common questions related to interpretation of the rules, eligibility of the activities, and calculation of the metrics as they apply to non-financial services companies.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on the EU Taxonomy? Check out the European Commission website for the official legislation and released delegated acts. For the basics on EU Taxonomy, listen to our earlier podcast episode, CSRD spotlight: Get up to speed on required EU taxonomy disclosures. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this CSRD spotlight miniseries, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership, including an upcoming publication on EU sustainability regulations beyond the CSRD that impact non-EU companies, including the EU Taxonomy.
Martin Schönberger is a senior manager in the National Office at PwC Germany, focusing on sustainability reporting. His work includes interpreting the latest regulations from European legislators and developing publications and trainings to communicate thought leadership to practitioners. Martin is also part of the Taxonomy Working Group, which coordinates technical issues regarding the EU Taxonomy within the PwC network.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
On October 7, 2023, California Governor Gavin Newsom signed into law two landmark climate-disclosure bills that are poised to change the landscape of climate reporting in the United States. Over 10,000 US companies - including both public and private companies as well as subsidiaries of non-US headquartered companies - will be subject to the climate disclosure requirements in the near term.
In this episode, podcast host Heather Horn brings you an audio version of our publication covering the expansive impact of these new laws.
In this podcast, you’ll hear:
Refer also to the print version, California's not waiting for the SEC's climate disclosure rules.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With year-end reporting around the corner, we kick off our 2023 SEC comment letter trends series, in which our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.
This week, Heather Horn is joined by Kyle Moffatt, PwC National Office Professional Practice Leader, to share an overview of the 2023 comment letter trends, a breakdown of the SEC’s review process, and insights into the SEC staff’s key priorities.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comment letter trends. Additionally, follow PwC’s accounting podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this SEC comment letters series, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Union (EU) has ushered in a new era of sustainability reporting, as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) is now effective. With impacts to both EU and non-EU headquartered companies, now is the time to understand the reporting requirements of this sweeping new regulation.
Continuing our CSRD miniseries, this week we discuss the EU’s “green” taxonomy regulation, which requires disclosure of certain metrics related to a company’s environmentally sustainable activities. Under these rules, companies that are in the scope of CSRD will be further required to identify and disclose the extent of their operations that align with the promulgated classification of sustainable activities. In this episode, Heather Horn is joined by PwC Germany senior manager Martin Schönberger to discuss the essentials of the regulation, including an overview of sustainable activities, how to determine whether activities are “aligned” with environmentally sustainable objectives, and disclosure requirements.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on the EU Taxonomy? Check out the European Commission website for the official legislation and released delegated acts. For a refresher on CSRD scoping requirements, take a listen to our earlier podcast episode, CSRD spotlight: Updates and essentials for preparers, as well as our publication Worldwide impact of CSRD - are you ready? Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this CSRD spotlight miniseries, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership, including an upcoming publication on EU sustainability regulations beyond the CSRD that impact non-EU companies, including the EU Taxonomy.
Martin Schönberger is a Senior Manager within the National Office at PwC Germany, focusing on sustainability reporting. His work includes interpreting the latest regulations from European legislators, and developing publications and trainings to communicate thought leadership to practitioners. Martin is also part of the Taxonomy Working Group, which coordinates technical issues regarding the EU Taxonomy within the PwC network.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With increasing costs of living and an unpredictable economic environment, the concept of paying a “living wage” is gaining attention from businesses and governments around the world. As pay adequacy becomes a mandated disclosure for many companies via the European Union’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), paying a living wage is becoming a growing priority for organizations that are focused on creating a sustainable business.
PwC recently published the inaugural Global Living Wage survey to provide deeper insights on this topic and its impact to businesses. In this episode, host Heather Horn welcomes PwC partners Barry Murphy and Paula Letorey to discuss the survey results, market trends, and key steps organizations should take now to prepare for market and regulatory movement.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For our findings and takeaways on the survey, check out our publication, Living Wage: An Emerging Standard. Further, check out PwC UK’s Workforce Hopes and Fears Survey for more insights on workforce transformation, trends, and disruptors, and how business leaders are navigating its changing nature.
Barry Murphy is PwC’s Global ESG leader for Tax and Legal Services. Based in the UK, he has 20 years of experience advising clients on their domestic and international tax affairs. He is also focused on driving compliance solutions with a “digital first” approach.
Paula Letorey is a partner within PwC UK’s Workforce practice. She has over 15 years of experience advising clients on matters relating to employment taxes and broader pay governance and regulation. She has developed robust risk management solutions for areas such as domestic employment tax on a global basis, off-payroll working, national minimum wage, and holiday pay.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
As the end of the year approaches, it is helpful to understand what is top of mind under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and what lies ahead from the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Gary Berchowitz, a leader in PwC’s Global Assurance Quality - Corporate Reporting Services group, and Laura Kennedy, a director in the Corporate Reporting Services group, to discuss key reminders for year-end reporting under IFRS as well as some timely updates on new IFRS initiatives on the horizon.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more on IFRS 17, check out our publication. Additionally, refer to our global IFRS accounting reminders, refreshed quarterly. Lastly, follow our PwC sister podcast IFRS Talks for more insights on IFRS topics.
Gary Berchowitz is the non-financial instruments leader in PwC’s Global Assurance Quality - Corporate Reporting Services group. Gary brings nearly 20 years of financial accounting experience, working to drive quality and connectivity throughout the PwC network and help local teams solve complex accounting issues in a practical way. Gary contributes to the firm’s global view on a variety of financial reporting matters.
Laura Kennedy is a director in PwC’s Global Assurance Quality - Corporate Reporting Services group. She also serves as the host of the global PwC IFRS Talks podcast. Prior to joining PwC, Laura was a technical staff member at the International Accounting Standards Board, focusing on topical issues impacting corporate reporting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Union (EU) has ushered in a new era of sustainability reporting, as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) is now effective. With impacts to both EU and non-EU headquartered companies, now is the time to understand the reporting requirements of this sweeping new regulation.
Continuing our miniseries focused on the essentials of the CSRD, this week we discuss options a company may have in its approach to reporting. In this episode, Heather welcomes back Emily Kirsch, director in PwC’s sustainability practice, to share practical considerations in a company’s determination of the most effective reporting approach for its organization.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on the CSRD and reporting requirements? Check out our publications Worldwide impact of CSRD - are you ready? and Take the next step - decide how to report under CSRD for further details. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this CSRD spotlight miniseries, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership, including an upcoming publication on EU sustainability regulations beyond the CSRD that impact non-EU companies, including the EU Taxonomy.
Emily Kirsch is a director in PwC's sustainability practice focused on sustainability reporting and standard setting in the EU. She advises both public and private companies in navigating complex accounting and financial reporting topics during periods of change in an organization.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Continuing our October all-star series, Tom Barbieri, PwC US Chief Accountant, shares insights on the financial reporting ecosystem and how to stay engaged amid ongoing developments in the landscape.
Tom is joined by Kevin Vaughn, PwC National Office partner, and Ying Compton, PwC managing director, to unpack the financial reporting ecosystem, including the key players, how they work together, and the critical role they play in the capital markets.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Tom Barbieri is PwC’s US Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience advising large financial services and multinational corporations on complex accounting issues. Tom leads the Accounting & SEC Services Group within the National Office, which is focused on supporting our clients and engagement teams in navigating complex technical accounting and financial reporting matters. He is also a member of the Financial Accounting Standards Advisory Council.
Kevin Vaughn is a partner in PwC’s National Office. Prior to joining PwC, Kevin was senior associate chief accountant in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC where he spent almost 20 years focusing on complex financial reporting and technical accounting issues.
Ying Compton is a PwC managing director in the office of the vice chair. Prior to joining PwC, Ying was a senior accounting and economic advisor in the Office of the Chief Accountant (OCA) at the SEC. She also holds a PhD in accounting from Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT).
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Union (EU) has ushered in a new era of sustainability reporting, as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) became effective in January 2023 and the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) are now final. With impacts to both EU and non-EU headquartered companies, now is the time to understand the applicability and scope of these reporting requirements.
To launch our podcast miniseries on the CSRD, host Heather Horn is joined by Emily Kirsch, director in PwC’s sustainability practice, and Soné Beyers, director in PwC’s National Office, to provide a refresher course on the basic requirements and applicability of the EU’s sweeping sustainability reporting directive.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on the CSRD and other sustainability reporting frameworks? Check out our publications Worldwide impact of CSRD - are you ready? and Navigating the ESG landscape for further details. Additionally, follow this podcast on your favorite podcast app for future episodes in this CSRD spotlight series, and subscribe to our weekly newsletter to get all of our thought leadership, including an upcoming publication on EU sustainability regulations beyond the CSRD that impact non-EU companies, including the EU Taxonomy.
Emily Kirsch is a director in PwC's sustainability practice focused on sustainability reporting and standard setting in the EU. She advises both public and private companies in navigating complex accounting and financial reporting topics during periods of change in an organization.
Soné Beyers is a director in PwC’s National Office with accounting experience in both professional services and academia. With a career spanning three continents, she has developed a strong background in IFRS reporting, which has extended to her current focus on global sustainability frameworks and standard setting in the EU.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts ava
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Assessing whether a company is in scope of the European Union (EU) Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) has some inherent complexities. The scope of companies directly impacted is expansive — including US and other non-EU headquartered companies — making scoping a question that merits priority focus by companies with operations in the EU.
A company may have options in its approach to fulfilling its CSRD reporting requirements, and there are practical considerations that may inform a company’s determination of the most effective reporting approach for its organization under the CSRD. In this episode, Heather Horn brings you an audio version of our In the loop publication discussing these scoping and reporting approaches under the CSRD.
In this podcast, you’ll hear:
Refer also to the print version, Take the next step - decide how to report under CSRD. Also, join our upcoming Q4 2023 Quarterly sustainability webcast.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Integrating sustainability in business strategy may increase the attractiveness of business to lenders, investors, and customers. However, with the multitude of sustainability reporting frameworks for multinational companies, it can be difficult to determine the best way to tell a unified story to all stakeholders that is consistent with the company’s overall sustainability strategy.
In this episode, host Heather Horn welcomes Esther An, Chief Sustainability Officer of Singapore-based real estate firm City Developments Limited, to discuss how companies can manage multiple disclosure frameworks while utilizing sustainability reporting as a catalyst for business innovation, investment, and impact.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on getting ready for mandatory ESG reporting? Check out our publication, Preparing for tomorrow's rules today. Additionally, listen to our previous podcast on how investments in technology that support sustainability reporting can also drive business value.
Esther An is the Chief Sustainability Officer of City Developments Limited (CDL). For over two decades, she has advocated for ESG principles underlying sustainable development within her home base of Singapore and abroad. She has helped set global benchmarks for green construction and sustainability, and initiated sustainability reporting in Singapore a decade ago. Esther is involved in many sustainability organizations, including as a founding and current member of the Business Council for Sustainable Development Singapore; a member of the property working group of the United Nations Environment Programme – Finance Initiative; and part of the corporate advisory board of the World Green Building Council in London.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
As effective dates for sustainability reporting requirements inch closer, companies face pressure to stand up reporting workstreams before it is too late. With multiple frameworks coming into play in the near term, managing the data gathering, aggregation, and reporting of numerous metrics is a manual exercise for many companies. But is there technology that can help?
In today’s episode, host Heather Horn is joined by Sammy Lakshmanan, principal in PwC’s Sustainability Consulting Solutions practice, to discuss the ways that leading companies are integrating technology into their sustainability reporting work plans. Sammy provides insights on how companies can leverage the power of technology to generate value that goes beyond compliance.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
4:02 - Expected impacts of the shift from voluntary to mandatory ESG reporting
7:47 - The current landscape of sustainability reporting technology solutions
10:29 - A roadmap for digital transformation, including the sequencing of events, and which stakeholders to involve
16:04 - The importance of controllership and governance over reporting
26:32 - Harnessing technology investments to report and provide value through data analytics
36:14 - Using technology to capture, aggregate, and organize data for different reporting frameworks
42:36 - Crowdsourcing ideas from peers and partners to address similar challenges
45:34 - Three things companies should consider to maximize technology enablement for sustainability reporting
Looking for more information on getting ready for mandatory ESG reporting? Check out our publication, Preparing for tomorrow's rules today. Additionally, refer to our Navigating the ESG landscape publication for the latest updates on major global sustainability frameworks.
Sammy Lakshmanan is a principal in PwC’s Sustainability Consulting Solutions practice. With over 20 years of experience helping companies shape their ESG and sustainability strategies leveraging technology and data to operationalize sustainability, he helps customers develop and execute strategies to shift from a compliance-driven to a value-driven approach. Sammy also serves as co-chair for the Open Footprint Forum, which is developing a data standard for carbon-management data.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
New York City Climate Week brings together international business leaders, policymakers, and other civic leaders to help drive progress and speed transition on climate-related issues. This year’s event highlighted the sustainability advancements made over the past year – with a look ahead to the actions companies need to take next to prepare for net zero.
This week, host Heather Horn is joined by Will Jackson-Moore, PwC’s Global Sustainability Leader, to discuss some of the bigger themes that emerged from the week, from energy transition and demand reduction to the impact of emerging sustainability reporting regimes around the world.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on sustainability strategy and reporting? Check out our previous podcasts on TNFD, CSRD, and the sustainability expectation gap in reporting.
Will Jackson-Moore is PwC’s Global Sustainability Leader, responsible for leadership of our sustainability teams, technology, alliances, and methodologies.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
As companies move forward with clean energy investments and decarbonization projects, many face questions about which of these projects qualify for tax incentives under the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA), and how best to utilize the act’s credits and other green initiatives.
In today’s episode, Heather Horn welcomes back Matt Haskins, PwC principal, to discuss the latest IRS guidance for IRA initiatives, marketplace transactions, and further considerations for companies looking to take advantage of the IRA.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on the European Union’s Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism? Check out our previous podcast on how the CBAM may impact your company.
Looking for more information on transferability of IRA credits? Check out our latest publication on accounting for IRA credits and our podcast on renewable energy credits for more information.
Matt Haskins is a principal in PwC’s Washington National Tax Services, where he leads the firm's Cleantech tax practice, focusing on renewable energy financing and M&A transactions. In addition to writing and speaking on issues in the renewable energy industry, Matt has co-chaired the energy and environmental taxes working group for the US Council on International Business and served as a delegate for key energy initiatives of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Continuing our October all-star series, Tom Barbieri, PwC US Chief Accountant, shares insights on critical accounting and reporting topics.
Tom is joined by Nick Milone, a PwC practice partner with experience advising clients on hedging strategies, to discuss effective hedging strategies for various types of macroeconomic and business risks.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read our Derivatives and hedging guide.
Tom Barbieri is PwC’s Chief Accountant. He has over 30 years of experience advising large financial services and multinational corporations on complex accounting issues. Tom leads the Accounting & SEC Services Group within the National Office, which is focused on supporting our clients and engagement teams in navigating complex technical accounting and financial reporting matters. He is also a member of the Financial Accounting Standards Advisory Council.
Nick Milone is a partner in PwC’s Financial Markets practice, and formerly a practice fellow at the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), with a wealth of experience advising clients on structured transactions, derivatives and hedging activities, transfers of financial assets, securitizations, financings, investments, valuation and other issues.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD) released its final disclosure recommendations for nature-related dependencies, impacts, risks and opportunities on September 18. Given the interrelationship between climate and nature — and the dependence of business on nature — companies may want to consider this new framework as a tool in communicating their full sustainability story.
This week, Heather Horn is joined by Daniel O’Brien, PwC Canada’s Sustainable Business Solutions leader and TNFD member, to discuss what companies should do now to prepare to make effective nature-related disclosures.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on nature related reporting? Check out a podcast from our “Becoming nature positive” series on Committing, measuring, and reporting.
Daniel O'Brien is PwC Canada’s Sustainable Business Solutions leader, helping clients to align their business strategies with the environmental and social challenges and opportunities of the future economy. Daniel has over 18 years of experience in environmental consulting and management. He is also a member of the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD).
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
From inflation to labor markets to monetary policy, the economy has faced some unexpected headwinds in 2023. This week, host Heather Horn is joined by Chris Benko, PwC Intelligence chief economist, for an economic update to help companies prepare for the end of the year.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
Want to hear more about the geopolitical and macroeconomic factors impacting the global economy? Tune into the prior podcast in this mini series.
Chris Benko is PwC Intelligence chief economist, providing the firm and its clients with economic analysis and commentary. Chris leads a team of business and sector analysts, economists, and data scientists, leveraging data and analytics to develop points of view and inform strategic decision-making.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this episode, we discuss the SEC’s new cybersecurity disclosure rules finalized in July.
The new disclosure rules expand registrants’ annual disclosures and require timely reporting for material cybersecurity incidents. With these significant changes and the implementation approaching, companies should not wait to get ready.
This week, Heather Horn is joined by Kyle Moffatt, PwC National Office Professional Practice Leader, and Matt Gorham, PwC Cyber & Privacy Innovation Institute Leader, to discuss what companies can do to prepare now for the new requirements.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on cybersecurity? Check out our publication and register for our Q3 2023 Quarterly accounting webcast for a detailed discussion of the SEC’s cybersecurity rules with Kyle; PwC Vice Chair, Wes Bricker; and Raquel Fox, Partner & Co-Head of SEC Reporting and Compliance; Capital Markets; M&A; Corporate Governance at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP and Affiliates.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Matt Gorham is PwC Cyber & Privacy Innovation Institute Leader, providing thought leadership, perspective, and analysis on trends affecting all aspects of cybersecurity and privacy. He has over three decades of experience mitigating threats through building and leading cross functional teams. Before PwC, Matt spent 25 years with the FBI as the Assistant Director of Cyber.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In the third quarter 2023 edition of The quarter close, we highlight the SEC’s final rule on cybersecurity, which will require new reporting and disclosures for many companies beginning next quarter. We also provide key reminders when accounting for debt restructurings, updates on sustainability reporting, and the latest FASB standard-setting developments. Read or listen to The quarter close for these and other relevant accounting and reporting topics you should consider as you close out the third quarter of 2023.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in September, Craig Stronberg, PwC’s Macro Intelligence Leader, is taking over the podcast to share insights on how geopolitical and macroeconomic trends, forces, and movements are likely to impact your business.
To continue the series, Craig is joined by Zain Siddiqui, PwC senior economist, to discuss the current state of the global supply chain and how companies should evaluate their supply chain strategies.
In this episode, you’ll hear a discussion of:
Want to hear more about the geopolitical and macroeconomic factors impacting the global economy? Tune into a prior podcast in this miniseries.
Craig Stronberg leads the business acumen capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provides macroeconomic, sector, and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20 year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times.
Zain Siddiqui is a senior economist for PwC Intelligence with a specialty in macroeconomics and finance. He advises stakeholders and clients on the business implications of emerging macro and geopolitical vulnerabilities, and helps them shape business strategy. His research has appeared in books on international economic policy and macroeconomic journals.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In today’s episode, sustainability and financial reporting intersect. We discuss accounting for green incentives that arise from the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA). The IRA, signed into law in August 2022, provides climate and clean energy tax credits.
With many types of credits available in the IRA, companies have raised questions about the financial accounting implications of the credits given the unique features that these credits have compared to past federal incentives. This week, Heather Horn is joined by Pat Durbin, a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office, and Jillian Pearce, a partner in our utilities practice, both of whom have closely followed accounting for the credits, to discuss what to look out for in accounting for IRA tax credits.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on accounting for IRA energy incentives? Check out our latest publication on IRA credits. Additionally, check out our podcast episode on renewable energy credits for more information.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Jillian Pearce is a partner in PwC's National Office, providing advice on financial instruments and other technical accounting issues to power and utilities clients. She was a Professional Accounting Fellow in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC, and has over 15 years of auditing experience.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in September, Craig Stronberg, PwC’s Macro Intelligence Leader, is taking over the podcast to share insights on how geopolitical and macroeconomic trends, forces, and movements are likely to impact your business.
To continue the series, Craig is joined by Zain Siddiqui, PwC Intelligence senior economist, to discuss India’s economy and the risks and opportunities it presents for companies worldwide.
In this episode, you’ll hear a discussion of:
Want to hear more about the geopolitical and macroeconomic factors impacting the global economy? Tune into the prior podcast in this mini series.
Craig Stronberg leads the business acumen capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provides macroeconomic, sector, and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20 year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times.
Zain Siddiqui is a senior economist for PwC Intelligence with a specialty in macroeconomics and finance. He advises stakeholders and clients on the business implications of emerging macro and geopolitical vulnerabilities, and helps them shape business strategy. His research has appeared in books on international economic policy and macroeconomic journals.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in September, Craig Stronberg, PwC’s Macro Intelligence Leader, is taking over the podcast to share insights on how geopolitical and macroeconomic trends, forces, and movements are likely to impact your business.
To kick off the series, Craig provides an overview of the global macroeconomic and geopolitical forces — the true “tectonic” forces — impacting companies in the near and longer term.
In this episode, you’ll hear a discussion of:
Want to identify how different macroeconomic trends could impact your accounting and reporting? Refer to our interactive tool, Accounting in uncertain economic times.
Craig Stronberg leads the business acumen capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provides macroeconomic, sector, and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20 year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in August, Bret Dooley, Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National office, is taking over the podcast to share insights on financial instruments hot topics. In each 25-minute episode, Bret will discuss 5 things you need to know.
In this episode, Bret is joined by John Horan, a managing director in PwC’s National office with a focus on financial instruments, to break down what we need to know on earnings per share (EPS).
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapter 7 of our Financial statement presentation guide. Additionally, check out a prior podcast in this mini series.
John Horan is a managing director in PwC’s National office where he assists clients with complex accounting issues in the areas of foreign currency, liabilities and equity, earnings per share, and derivatives and hedging. John specializes in large capital transactions and initial public offerings.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National office who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in August, Bret Dooley, Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National office, is taking over the podcast to share insights on financial instruments hot topics. In each 25-minute episode, Bret will discuss 5 things you need to know.
In this episode, Bret is joined by Chip Currie, another partner in PwC’s National office with a focus on financial instruments, to discuss convertible instruments and the impacts of updated accounting guidance in this area.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, read chapter 6 of our Financing transactions guide and chapter 3 of our Derivatives and hedging guide. Additionally, check out a prior podcast in this mini series.
Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National office with over 25 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial services clients on treasury-related matters.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National office who leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The transformation of ESG reporting accelerated in 2022 with the release of major proposals in the European Union (EU) and the United States (US), as well as globally by the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB).
Although all of these proposals have the potential to impact multinational companies, the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) from the EU that applies to many multinational companies perhaps requires the most immediate attention. In this episode, Heather Horn brings you an audio version of our In the loop covering the CSRD.
In this podcast, you’ll hear:
Refer also to the print version, Worldwide impact of CSRD - are you ready? Also, join our upcoming Q4 2023 Quarterly sustainability webcast.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in August, Bret Dooley, Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National office, is taking over the podcast to share insights on financial instruments hot topics. In each 25-minute episode, Bret will discuss 5 things you need to know.
In this episode, Bret shares insights on the current expected credit loss model, or CECL, and why it’s not just for banks. All companies, regardless of industry, need to understand the requirements.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapter 7 of our Loans and investments guide. Additionally, check out the prior podcast in this mini series.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National office and leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in August, Bret Dooley is taking over the podcast to share insights on financial instruments hot topics. In each episode, Bret will discuss 5 things you need to know in 25 minutes.
To kick off the series, Bret shares insights on accounting for investment securities, a topic of recent headlines. He breaks down the complexities of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities, and touches on foreign currency bonds.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, read chapters 2, 3, and 8 of our Loans and investments guide.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National office and leads teams focused on the financial services sectors and accounting for financial instruments. He has over 25 years of experience in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in July, Jay Seliber is taking over the podcast to share insights on business combinations, which are often significant events in a company’s life cycle. Jay takes us on a journey through a deal, beginning with the complexities of the overall acquisition accounting model, then diving into some of the more complex areas—identifying the accounting acquirer, accounting for contingent consideration, and reporting with the SEC.
To continue the series, Heather and Jay are joined by Ryan Spencer, a PwC National office partner who specializes in SEC reporting, to break down the SEC filing requirements for business combinations, including the application of significance tests used to determine the reporting requirements.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapter 17 of our Financial statement presentation guide and the SEC Financial Reporting Manual. Also check out the prior podcast in this miniseries on business combinations.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative on the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Ryan Spencer is a partner at PwC's National office specializing in SEC financial reporting. He has over 20 years of experience serving clients and is a frequent contributor to PwC’s publications and communications.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Sustainability disclosure regulations around the world are evolving rapidly, and as this reporting begins to proliferate, so does the potential for a mismatch between the expectations of investors and other stakeholders compared with the reality of what’s actually happening.
Are there expectation gaps in sustainability reporting, and if so, what are they? This week, Heather Horn was joined by Gilly Lord, PwC’s Global Leader for Public Policy and Regulatory Affairs, to discuss the current global regulatory landscape, the evolving sustainability reporting ecosystem, and the importance of regulators and other ecosystem participants finding common ground in the areas that matter most for reliable sustainability reporting.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on global ESG reporting? Check out our latest podcast and publication on what’s inside the final ISSB standards.
Gilly Lord is PwC’s Global Leader for Public Policy and Regulatory Affairs. Based in the UK, she has over 20 years of experience advising clients on the application of regulation and liaising with regulators in jurisdictions around the world.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in July, Jay Seliber is taking over the podcast to share insights on business combinations, which are often significant events in a company’s life cycle. Jay takes us on a journey through a deal, beginning with the complexities of the overall acquisition accounting model, then diving into some of the more complex areas—identifying the accounting acquirer, accounting for contingent consideration, and reporting with the SEC.
To continue the series, Heather and Jay are joined by Chip Currie, another partner in PwC’s National Office, to share insights on the intersection between contingent consideration and acquisition accounting, as well as the key decision points in the multi-step accounting model.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapters 2 and 3 of our Business combinations guide, chapter 5 of our Financing guide, and chapters 6 and 7 of our Financial statement presentation guide. Additionally, check out a prior podcast in this miniseries.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative on the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Chip Currie is a Partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial service clients on treasury-related matters.
Transcripts
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) published its Consultation on Agenda Priorities in May 2023. Now that the final IFRS S1 and S2 standards have been issued, the ISSB is asking constituents to weigh in on the board’s focus areas and research projects for the next two years.
What should companies consider when preparing to comment on this request? This week, Heather Horn was joined by Andreas Ohl, PwC’s Global Sustainability Technical Leader, to discuss the options laid out in the board’s agenda consultation, and the factors companies may want to contemplate in their responses.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on the ISSB and ESG reporting? Check out our podcast with ISSB Vice-Chair Sue Lloyd on the launch of the final ISSB standards. For more on the final standards, read our In brief.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in July, Jay Seliber is taking over the podcast to share insights on business combinations, which are often significant events in a company’s life cycle. Jay takes us on a journey through a deal, beginning with the complexities of the overall acquisition accounting model, then diving into some of the more complex areas—identifying the accounting acquirer, accounting for contingent consideration, and reporting with the SEC.
To continue the series, Heather and Jay are joined by Matt Sabatini to share insights on the identification of the accounting acquirer, a key judgment that impacts the remaining accounting conclusions in the acquisition model.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information, read chapter 2 of our Business combinations guide. Additionally, check out our prior podcasts on the VIE accounting model and the prior podcast in this miniseries.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative on the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National office who helps clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) issued final IFRS® Sustainability Disclosure Standards on June 26, 2023. While IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards are not yet required in any jurisdiction, multiple jurisdictions around the world have already signaled their intent to adopt the new standards, with additional jurisdictions expected to do so now that the standards are final.
What can companies find inside the new Sustainability Disclosure Standards? This week, Heather Horn was joined by Katie Woods, PwC UK director, to discuss the expected breadth of adoption internationally and the important considerations in advance of adoption.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on the ISSB and ESG reporting? Check out our podcast with ISSB Vice-Chair Sue Lloyd on the launch of the final ISSB standards. For more on the final standards, read our In brief.
Katie Woods is a Director in PwC's Global Accounting Consulting Services group and advises on ESG and international accounting standards. Katie specializes in the new and emerging ESG reporting frameworks, working across the PwC Network. Katie is a frequent speaker on a range of ESG and accounting topics at national and international seminars.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in July, Jay Seliber is taking over the podcast to share insights on business combinations, which are often significant events in a company’s life cycle. Jay takes us on a journey through a deal, beginning with the complexities of the overall acquisition accounting model, then diving into some of the more complex areas— identifying the accounting acquirer, accounting for contingent consideration, and reporting with the SEC.
To kick off the series, Jay shares insights on the foundations of acquisition accounting, including key areas of judgment in the model.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, read our Business combinations guide and listen to our prior podcast on disclosures required in business combinations. Additionally, refer to our In the loop on the impact of acquiring an asset vs. a business.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative on the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Union’s (EU’s) Foreign Subsidies Regulation (FSR) was enacted to extend existing EU state aid rules, which govern the fairness of trade among states within the EU, to subsidies received from jurisdictions outside the EU, and includes incentives such as those provided by the US Inflation Reduction Act (IRA).
What are the parameters of the new regulation, and how could it impact the realizability of climate incentives for your company? Heather Horn was joined by Barry Murphy and Allard Knook, PwC partners, to unpack these questions and provide the latest insights on the FSR, as well as available EU tax incentives.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on the FSR? Register for our upcoming webcast on July 12. For more information on the IRA, check out our previous podcast on ESG incentives in the Inflation Reduction Act and read our In depth.
Barry Murphy is PwC’s Global ESG leader for Tax and Legal Services. Based in the UK, he has 20 years of experience advising clients on their domestic and international tax affairs. He is also focused on driving compliance solutions with the digital first approach.
Allard Knook is the Public Sector Legal leader for PwC Netherlands, with over 20 years experience in government finance, including subsidy programs both at the national and European level.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) issued final IFRS® Sustainability Disclosure Standards on June 26. This included IFRS S1, which provides the core framework for the disclosure of material information about sustainability-related risks and opportunities across an entity’s value chain, and IFRS S2, which is the first thematic standard issued that sets out requirements for entities to disclose information about climate-related risks and opportunities.
What’s ahead for sustainability reporting globally now that these standards are final? This week, Heather Horn was joined by Sue Lloyd, Vice-Chair of the ISSB, to discuss the complex process of finalizing its global baseline standards, the forthcoming impact to companies, and the expected breadth of adoption internationally.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to hear more about the ISSB? Listen to our previous podcasts on its capacity building. And for more on the final standards, read our In brief and refer to additional resources on IFRS S1 and IFRS S2 linked inside from the ISSB.
Sue Lloyd is the Vice-Chair of the ISSB and played a leading role in its establishment. Previously she served as a member and then Vice-Chair of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), and as Chair of the IFRS Interpretations Committee. Prior to becoming an IASB member, Ms. Lloyd worked for the IFRS Foundation as a senior technical director, leading the development of new IFRS Accounting Standards, and as director of capital markets with responsibility for the IASB’s reform of accounting for financial instruments.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in June, Angela Fergason is taking over the podcast to share the latest in her areas of specialty — including recent trends in revenue, how to consider whether your company is a principal or agent when recognizing revenue, software costs, and restructurings.
To continue the series, Angela shares insights on some accounting implications of workforce restructuring, including the different accounting models available for termination benefits.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information on severance payment arrangements and stock-based compensation awards, read Chapter 8 of our Pensions and employee benefits guide. For more information on modifications of stock-based compensation awards, read Chapter 4 of our Stock-based compensation guide. Additionally, check out our prior podcast on non-GAAP measures.
Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
PwC recently conducted research based on our most recent Global CEO Survey and Global Investor Survey to understand a key question: how much alignment is there between company leadership and the expectations of investors on ESG issues? The results were insightful, and might even surprise you.
This week, Heather Horn was joined by Nadja Picard, PwC Global Reporting Leader, to break down the results and discuss the differing expectations between CEOs and investors. They also address how CFOs and their teams can help companies better meet investor expectations on sustainability.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Nadja Picard is PwC’s Global Reporting Leader. In this role, she leads PwC’s global initiative to help clients transform their corporate reporting to meet investor and stakeholder demands for trusted and assured reporting beyond financial reporting. Nadja also advises companies on the accounting, corporate reporting, and investor relations requirements in advance of capital markets transactions, especially IPOs.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
We begin this edition of The quarter close with a closer look at the accounting for tax credits, including those included in the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, as more companies look for opportunities to take advantage of these incentives. Looking for an update on SEC comment letter trends? Head to Ask the National Office, where we provide the latest areas of focus along with other timely financial reporting reminders.
Although the SEC has not yet released its final rules on climate disclosures, many US companies will be impacted by global sustainability reporting frameworks that are nearing finalization. We provide the latest updates and links to additional resources. In other regulatory developments, the SEC issued final rules expanding the disclosure requirements for share repurchases, which will be effective in 2023 for many registrants.
In standard-setting updates, we summarize the feedback on new income tax disclosures proposed by the FASB. Meanwhile, the FASB continues to make progress on its other active projects, including accounting for software costs. We keep you up to date on recent decisions as those projects develop.
In this edition of The quarter close, we highlight these and other relevant accounting and reporting topics you should consider as you close out the second quarter of 2023.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in June, Angela Fergason is taking over the podcast to share the latest in her areas of specialty — including recent trends in revenue, how to consider whether your company is a principal or agent when recognizing revenue, software costs, and restructurings.
To continue the series, Heather Horn and Angela are joined by Mike Coleman to share insights on accounting for software costs and provide an update on the FASB’s project on software costs.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information on accounting for software costs, read our Software costs guide. Also, to stay updated on the status of the FASB’s project to modernize software costs, refer to the FASB website.
Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies.
Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 30 years of experience. Mike specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Commission has adopted a set of proposals, known as the European Green Deal, including the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), which marks a new era of sustainability reporting in the EU. Under the CSRD, companies will soon have to report on a wide range of environmental, social and governance matters in compliance with European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS).
On June 9, the European Commission released revised ESRS for public feedback. For this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Andreas Ohl, a PwC National Office Partner and Global sustainability topic team leader and Emily Kirsch, a PwC National Office Director who is following sustainability-related projects from accounting standard setters in the EU, to share their insights. Feedback is due July 7th, 2023.
In this episode, you’ll hear:
For more information on the revised draft European Sustainability Reporting Standards, read our In brief. Additionally, a replay of the European Commission's presentation on the revised draft ESRS can be found on European Financial Reporting Advisory Group’s (EFRAG) website. Lastly, to hear more on the status of the "big three" sustainability proposals (and earn CPE credit), listen to PwC’s Q2 2023 Quarterly accounting webcast.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Emily Kirsch is a director in PwC's National Office focused on sustainability reporting thought leadership and standard setting in the EU. She has more than 12 years of experience advising both public and private companies in navigating complex accounting and financial reporting topics during periods of change in an organization.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in June, Angela Fergason is taking over the podcast to share the latest in her areas of specialty — including recent trends in revenue, how to consider whether your company is a principal or agent when recognizing revenue, software costs, and restructurings.
To continue the series, Heather and Angela are joined by Mike Coleman, a partner in PwC’s National Office, to share insights on the challenges in the principal versus agent analysis.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, read chapter 10 of our Revenue guide for principal versus agent considerations.
Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies.
Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 30 years of experience. Mike specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With so much focus on upcoming mandatory sustainability reporting requirements from jurisdictions around the globe, it’s sometimes easy to lose sight of the fact that many of the biggest sustainability-related topics often can and do have an impact not just on sustainability disclosures, but also on the financial statements.
Both the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB)® have provided educational materials on the topic of ESG in the financial statements under existing accounting standards – and both boards have added projects to their respective agendas that will impact accounting standards in the future.
This week, Heather Horn was joined by Scott Bandura, Valerie Wieman, and Katie Woods, who are all following sustainability-related projects from accounting standard setters, to share their insights on these projects and provide reminders under current accounting standards for reporting on ESG topics in the financial statements. Katie also addresses the topic of connectivity between sustainability reporting and financial reporting.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Scott Bandura is a partner in the National and Global Accounting Consulting Services at PwC Canada with over 20 years of experience advising clients on international accounting standards.
Valerie Wieman is PwC’s National Office Editor-in-chief. She is involved in the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on ESG reporting. Prior to this role, she was part of PwC’s National Office SEC Services group, helping clients navigate SEC rules and regulations.
Katie Woods is a Director in PwC's Global Accounting Consulting Services group and advises on ESG and international accounting standards. Katie specializes in the new and emerging ESG reporting frameworks working across the PwC network. She has over 30 years of experience working with a broad range of companies. Katie speaks regularly on a range of ESG and accounting topics at national and international seminars.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in June, Angela Fergason is taking over the podcast to share the latest in her areas of specialty — including recent trends in revenue, how to consider whether your company is a principal or agent when recognizing revenue, software costs, and restructurings.
To kick off the series, Angela shares insights on current trends in the accounting for revenue transactions.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, read our Revenue, Leases and Stock-based compensation guides. Additionally, check out our prior podcasts on the subscription economy, identifying embedded leases, and Revenue: 2022 SEC comment letter trends.
Angela Fergason is a partner and standard setting leader in PwC's National Office who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The European Commission has adopted a set of proposals, known as the European Green deal, with the aim of reducing net greenhouse gas emissions in the European Union (EU) by at least 55% by 2030, and achieving zero net emissions by 2050. In addition to the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), another pillar of this policy is the creation of the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM), a new border tax aimed at equalizing the price of carbon paid for EU products operating under the EU Emissions Trading System (ETS) with that of similar imported goods.
CBAM is likely to impact the cost of carbon in global supply chains, and also has reporting obligations beginning as early as October of 2023, and the regulation has raised many questions. Which companies will it impact? What products are in scope? Will it impact companies that don’t do business in the EU?
This week, Heather Horn was joined by Barry Murphy and Niels Muller, PwC partners who are following CBAM, to share their insights on what it means and what companies can do now to prepare.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to learn more about CBAM? Watch our webcast series.
Barry Murphy is PwC’s Global ESG leader for Tax and Legal Services. Based in the UK, he has 20 years of experience advising clients on their domestic and international tax affairs. He is also focused on driving compliance solutions with the digital first approach.
Niels Muller is a PwC partner based in the Netherlands specializing in energy transitions and sustainable energy. In this role he advises institutional investors, financial institutions, and utility companies as well as governments and non-governmental organizations on sustainability and tax projects.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in May, Jennifer Spang is taking over the podcast to share the latest on income tax accounting — recent global and US tax policy developments, standard setting activity, and tax accounting considerations related to common transactions, such as business combinations and spinoffs.
To continue the series, Heather and Jenn are joined by Matt McCann, a partner in PwC’s National Office, to share insights on the practical challenges that arise in the tax accounting for spinoff transactions.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, read our Income taxes and Carve-out financial statements guides. Additionally, check out our prior podcast on taxes in separate company financial statements.
Jennifer Spang is PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Matthew McCann is a partner in PwC's National Office who provides consultation in the areas of revenue recognition and income taxes. He has over 25 years of experience and previously served as the leader of the Consumer & Industrial Products Sector Assurance Practice in North Texas.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With so much focus on the SEC’s climate disclosure proposal in the US this year, climate has taken the attention of many preparers – and for good reason. However, another topic, natural resources and biodiversity, is coming to the forefront as governments and companies begin to understand the size of the problem, both in terms of its potential impact on business and the potential impact of business on biodiversity. But with many competing priorities, how do companies also contemplate nature issues in their strategy?
This week, Heather Horn was joined by guests at the forefront of the nature space:
Our panel shares their insights on ways companies are strategizing and integrating the topic of nature into their operating models.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Interested in more background on measuring and reporting nature and biodiversity? Listen to our previous podcast in the “Becoming nature positive” series, and check out PwC’s global nature hub here.
Will Evison is a director in PwC UK’s Global Sustainability, Climate, and Nature Strategy practice, specializing in integrating natural and social capital analysis into decision making. With over 18 years’ experience delivering climate and nature-related projects with businesses, investment firms and public sector organizations across more than 20 countries, he also led the development of PwC’s Total Impact Measurement and Management methodologies (TIMM), and now manages PwC’s global TIMM center of excellence. These methodologies utilize predictive analytics, health economics, and wellbeing techniques to model outcomes.
Eva Zabey is the CEO of Business for Nature, which is a global business-led coalition aiming to reverse nature loss and restore the planet’s natural systems on which economies, wellbeing and prosperity depend. Previously, she led natural capital projects at the World Business Council for Sustainable Development for 15 years.
Julie Moorad is a Senior Manager of Global Climate Action for Salesforce. Her team leads Salesforce’s international sustainability strategy, Europe, Middle East, and Africa sustainability program and developing our nature strategy, and implements nature positive policies that drive economic value firmwide and for their customers.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in May, Jennifer Spang is taking over the podcast to share the latest on income tax accounting — recent global and US tax policy developments, standard setting activity, and tax accounting considerations related to common transactions, such as business combinations and spin-offs.
To continue the series, Heather and Jenn are joined by Kassie Bauman, a managing director in PwC’s National Office, to share their insights on income tax accounting for business combinations.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, read our Business combinations and Income taxes guides, and check out a prior podcast on accounting for business combinations.
Jennifer Spang is PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Kassie Bauman is a managing director in PwC's National Office who consults on tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. Kassie has more than 20 years of auditing and accounting experience addressing complex technical accounting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) has been working quickly through deliberations on its proposals to create a comprehensive global baseline of sustainability disclosures. Final standards are expected by the end of Q2 2023. But implementing an effective global baseline goes beyond simply setting standards – it requires a new set of capabilities, infrastructure, knowledge, and talent in economies around the world.
How will this be accomplished? This week, Heather Horn was joined by Jingdong Hua, Vice Chair of the ISSB, and Mardi McBrien, Strategic Affairs Director of the IFRS Foundation, to discuss the topic of “capacity building” and how the IFRS Foundation is focused on bringing the global reporting community along the sustainability reporting journey.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to hear more about the ISSB? Listen to our previous podcasts on its fast-paced deliberations as well as PwC’s responses to the ISSB exposure drafts. For more on how ISSB standards compare to other proposals, read our publication: Navigating the ESG landscape.
Jingdong Hua is the Vice Chair of the ISSB. His role on the board is to develop and implement the ISSB’s strategies to support and include stakeholders in emerging and developing economies as well as small and medium-sized companies. He is the former Vice President and Treasurer of World Bank, where he specialized in sustainability bonds and developed the world’s first “green-bond.”
Mardi McBrien is the Director of Strategic Affairs at the IFRS Foundation responsible for sustainability reporting. In this role she has played an active part in setting up the ISSB. Prior to the IFRS Foundation, Mardi spent over a decade leading the global ESG standard setter, the Climate Disclosure Standards Board (CDSB), in developing quality disclosure standards and thought leadership on environmental and social issues.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in May, Jennifer Spang is taking over the podcast to share the latest on income tax accounting — recent global and US tax policy developments, standard setting activity, and tax accounting considerations related to common transactions, such as business combinations and spin-offs.
To continue the series, Heather and Jenn are joined by Kassie Bauman, managing director in PwC’s National Office, to share insights on income tax accounting for equity method investments.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, read our Equity method and Income taxes guides. Additionally, check out our prior podcasts, Part 1 and Part 2, on applying the equity method.
Jennifer Spang is PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Kassie Bauman is a managing director in PwC's National Office who consults on tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. Kassie has more than 20 years of auditing and accounting experience addressing complex technical accounting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With a multitude of ESG disclosure and reporting requirements coming into play around the world, it’s easy to begin viewing sustainability as nothing more than a compliance and reporting obligation – something that must be done but that doesn’t actually create value.
But what if that perspective is limited? This week, Heather Horn was joined by Jamie Gamble, PwC managing director, to discuss how leading companies and their boards are viewing sustainability as an opportunity to reflect on the issues that are core to their businesses’ value creation – and integrating these issues into their strategies to create sustainable, long-term value. This is what Jamie calls “sustainable value governance.”
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to hear more from Jamie? Listen to his previous podcast on governance in the SEC’s climate disclosure proposal.
Jamie Gamble is a managing director in PwC's Trust Solutions practice with over 25 years of experience focused on corporate governance, cybersecurity, workforce, and ESG-related issues. Before joining PwC, he was a litigation partner at a major law firm.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With so much focus on the SEC’s climate disclosure proposal in the US this year, climate has taken the attention of many preparers – and for good reason. However, another topic, natural resources and biodiversity, is coming to the forefront as governments and companies begin to understand the size of the problem, both in terms of its potential impact on business and the potential impact of business on biodiversity.
This week, Heather Horn was joined by Alan McGill, a partner in PwC’s Global Sustainability, Reporting, Measurement and Assurance practice, and PwC Global sustainability topic team leader Andreas Ohl to discuss the measurement of and reporting on the topics of nature and biodiversity.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Interested in more background on the business value drivers inherent in nature and biodiversity? Listen to our previous podcast in this series, and check out PwC’s global nature hub here.
Alan McGill is a partner in PwC UK and is the Global Sustainability Reporting, Measurements, and Assurance Leader. With over 15 years’ experience delivering sustainable business projects, Alan’s work focuses on the impact of sustainability issues on business, and providing organizations with attestation services over their reporting on relevant sustainability issues.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in May, Jennifer Spang is taking over the podcast to share the latest on income tax accounting — recent global and US tax policy developments, standard setting activity, and tax accounting considerations related to common transactions, such as business combinations and spin-offs.
To kick off the series, Heather Horn and Jenn are joined by Pat Brown, the co-leader of PwC's Washington National Tax Services practice, to share insights on the OECD and the US minimum corporate tax legislation.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, read our publications on what you need to know about Pillar Two, the responses from standard setters, and accounting for the Inflation Reduction Act.
Jennifer Spang is PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Pat Brown is PwC’s Washington National Tax Services co-leader. Prior to joining PwC, he spent 16 years in the private sector, including a role as the director of tax policy for a Fortune 50 company. Pat has also served in the US Treasury’s Office of Tax Policy as an attorney-advisor and as Associate International Tax Counsel.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With so much focus on the SEC’s climate disclosure proposal in the US this year, climate has taken the attention of many preparers – and for good reason. However, another topic, natural resources and biodiversity, is coming to the forefront as governments and companies begin to understand the size of the problem, both in terms of its potential impact on business and the potential impact of business on biodiversity.
This week, Heather Horn was joined by Tom Beagent, a partner in PwC’s Global Sustainability and Climate Change practice, and PwC National Office partner and Global sustainability topic team leader Andreas Ohl. They bring the vantage point of the CFO to bear on the topics of nature and biodiversity and highlight the drivers of sustainable business value embedded in these topics.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Interested in more background on the main issues related to nature and biodiversity? Listen to our previous podcast in this series, and check out PwC’s global nature hub here.
Tom Beagent is a partner in PwC UK's Global Sustainability and Climate Change practice, specializing in integrating natural and social capital analysis into decision making for sustainable growth. With over 20 years’ experience delivering sustainable business projects, he also co-developed PwC’s Total Impact Measurement and Management methodologies (TIMM), which allows organizations to measure and value the social, environmental, economic, and fiscal impacts resulting from their operations, as well as their extended value chains.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts avai
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in April, Pat Durbin took over the podcast to share insights and go back to basics on some critical accounting areas, including contingent liabilities, subsequent events, and inventory.
In this episode, Heather Horn and Pat are joined by Jay Seliber to discuss identifying whether a service arrangement with a public-sector grantor would be in scope of ASC 853 on service concessions. They cover the accounting challenges that are associated with private-sector enterprises operating public infrastructure.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, read the service concessions chapter in both our revenue recognition guide and our IFRS and US GAAP: similarities and differences guide. Additionally, listen to our revenue toolkit podcast miniseries.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative on the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With so much focus on the SEC’s climate disclosure proposal in the US this year, climate has taken the attention of many preparers – and for good reason. However, another topic, natural resources and biodiversity, is coming to the forefront as governments and companies begin to understand the size of the problem, both in terms of its potential impact on business and the potential impact of business on biodiversity. Given the breadth of the topic of biodiversity, understanding the issues that it encompasses can pose a challenge for preparers.
This week, Heather Horn was joined by Will Evison, director in PwC UK’s Global Sustainability, Climate, and Nature Strategy practice, to continue the conversation on biodiversity in our series, “Becoming nature positive,” and provide a more robust understanding of the issues of land, water, and other nature topics.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Interested in more background on why companies are beginning to focus on biodiversity? Listen to our previous podcast in this series. Also check out PwC’s global nature hub here.
Will Evison is a director in PwC UK’s Global Sustainability, Climate, and Nature Strategy practice, specializing in integrating natural and social capital analysis into decision making. With over 18 years’ experience delivering climate and nature-related projects with businesses, investment firms and public sector organizations across more than 20 countries, he also led the development of PwC’s Total Impact Measurement and Management methodologies (TIMM), and now manages PwC’s global TIMM center of excellence. These methodologies utilize predictive analytics, health economics, and wellbeing techniques to model outcomes.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in April, Pat Durbin is taking over the podcast sharing insights and going back to basics on some critical accounting areas, including contingent liabilities, subsequent events, and inventory.
In this episode, Heather Horn and Pat discuss key accounting concepts and judgments in accounting for and valuing inventory.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, read our Inventory guide.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With so much focus on the SEC’s climate disclosure proposal in the US this year, climate has taken the attention of many preparers – and for good reason. However, another topic, natural resources and biodiversity, is coming to the forefront as governments and companies begin to understand the size of the problem, both in terms of its potential impact on business and the potential impact of business on biodiversity. The sustainability reporting standards that many companies will need to apply, such as the European Sustainability Reporting Standards and the International Sustainability Reporting Standards, include disclosure requirements on biodiversity.
This week, Heather Horn was joined by PwC National Office partner and Global sustainability topic team leader, Andreas Ohl, to kick off a new podcast miniseries, “Becoming nature positive.” This first episode illuminates the types of issues that the term “biodiversity” encompasses and previews the rest of the series.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to learn more? PwC recently commented on the revisions to the GRI biodiversity standard.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in April, Pat Durbin is taking over the podcast sharing insights and going back to basics on some critical accounting areas, including contingent liabilities, subsequent events, and inventory.
In this episode, Heather Horn and Pat are joined by Latina Fauconier to share insights on how to identify and evaluate subsequent events. Assessing whether information received between the balance sheet date and the issuance of the financial statements needs to be accounted for and/or disclosed can be challenging, and is more important than ever in this current environment.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, listen to our previous podcast on subsequent events and read the subsequent events chapter of our Financial statement presentation guide.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Latina Fauconier is a partner on tour in PwC’s National Office, focusing on revenue and compensation matters. She advises clients and engagement teams on a wide range of complex accounting and financial reporting matters under US GAAP and IFRS. She was previously a Professional Accounting Fellow in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With more than 10,000 companies around the world using its standards, the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI), focused on “impact reporting” (reporting of a company’s impact on ESG issues), continues to be a major player in the ESG reporting space, even with the advancement of mandatory reporting proposals based on other frameworks. So what is ahead for the organization strategically and what role will impact reporting play in the future ESG reporting ecosystem?
This week, Heather Horn was joined by Eelco van der Enden, CEO of GRI, to discuss the organization’s key strategic initiatives, including how it is managing the current pace of change in the ESG reporting landscape, and what’s ahead for voluntary impact reporting.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Interested in more background on why investors care about voluntary ESG reporting? Listen to our previous podcast with Eelco.
Eelco van der Enden is the CEO of the Global Reporting Initiative. Prior to this role, Eelco led PwC’s global ESG platform for the Tax & Legal and People Services, and PwC's Tax Administration Consulting practice. Eelco is also Chairman of the Tax Policy Group of Accountancy Europe, and has published multiple articles on tax governance and reporting.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in April, Pat Durbin is taking over the podcast sharing insights and going back to basics on some critical accounting areas, including contingent liabilities, subsequent events, and inventory.
To kick off the series, Heather Horn and Pat are joined by Tom Barbieri, our US Chief Accountant, to bring you the latest on one of the oldest and most foundational standards, FAS 5, which is now Topic 450, Contingencies.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, read the Contingencies chapter of our Financial statement presentation guide.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Tom Barbieri is the Chief Accountant in the Firm’s National Office and has over 30 years of experience advising large financial services and multinational corporations on complex accounting issues. He leads the Accounting & SEC Services Group, which is focused on supporting our clients and engagement teams in navigating complex technical accounting and financial reporting matters. Tom is also a member of the Financial Accounting Standards Advisory Council.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Will 2023’s economy be substantially different from last year’s? This week, Heather Horn was joined by Craig Stronberg and Zain Siddiqui, directors in PwC Intelligence, to discuss the latest macroeconomic and geopolitical developments. Craig and Zain share insights on why companies should be thinking ahead when it comes to the state of the economy and volatility in the global markets.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to identify how different macroeconomic trends could impact your accounting and reporting? We've created an interactive tool, Accounting in uncertain economic times. Use it to better understand potential challenges and locate additional resources.
Craig Stronberg leads the Business Acumen capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provides macroeconomic, sector, and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20 year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times. His focus has been on numerous areas, including counterintelligence, economic espionage, counterterrorism, cyber threats, political-military issues, special operations integration, and support for major events such as the Olympic Games.
Zain Siddiqui is a senior economist for PwC Intelligence with a specialty in macroeconomics and finance. He advises stakeholders and clients on the business implications of emerging macro and geopolitical vulnerabilities, and helps them shape business strategy. His research has appeared in books on international economic policy and macroeconomic journals.
Heather Horn is is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in March, Suzanne Stephani took over the podcast to bring you the latest on different types of financing arrangements — from debt to leases to supplier financings — including how the current macroeconomic environment impacts the accounting.
In this episode, Heather Horn and Suzanne are joined by Brian Staniszewski, a PwC partner who advises clients on debt transactions. Brian and Suzanne share observations and insights on recent debt restructurings in this time of economic uncertainty. They also share reminders on how to navigate the different accounting models for debt restructurings.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, listen to our previous podcasts on the classification of debt in an uncertain economic environment and on the presentation and disclosure of debt. Also read related guidance in our Financial statement presentation guide, Financing guide, and frequently asked questions on accounting in uncertain times.
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows, as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.
Brian Staniszewski is partner in PwC’s capital markets and accounting advisory group specializing in advising clients on accounting and financial reporting issues related to capital restructuring and capital raising transactions, financial instruments, business combinations, consolidation, and minority investments. He previously completed a fellowship in the SEC's Office of the Chief Accountant.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected]
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
As we approach the end of 2023’s first quarter, we wanted to take time today to zoom out to the broader business environment that finance organizations are navigating. Between a tightening money supply, inflation, and ongoing demands from investors and stakeholders to grow in a sustainable way – we wanted to ask, how are companies managing it all? What are their near term and long-term priorities, and how are these changing in the current environment?
Heather Horn was joined by Wes Bricker, PwC’s Vice Chair and Trust Solutions Co-Leader, to discuss these questions and more based on his business leadership within PwC and extensive client experience.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to hear more perspectives from our latest Global CEO survey? Check out our summary of the survey results.
Wes Bricker is PwC’s Vice Chair and Trust Solutions Co-Leader for the US and Mexico. In this role he oversees the largest Trust platform in the world, bringing together the firm’s combined Audit, ESG, Digital Assurance, and Tax Reporting capabilities to best help clients as they seek to build trust with their stakeholders. As co-leader, Wes is responsible for the quality of service, excellence in the work performed by over 21,000 partners and staff, developing diverse teams, and driving innovation.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In the first quarter 2023 edition of The quarter close, we highlight newly effective standards for 2023, featuring new required disclosures for supplier finance programs. We also take a closer look at the accounting and reporting implications of changes to reportable segments. Lastly, we provide the latest updates on ESG reporting proposals and the FASB’s standard-setting projects. Read or listen to The quarter close for these and other relevant accounting and reporting topics you should consider as you close out the first quarter of 2023.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in March, Suzanne Stephani, is taking over the podcast to bring you the latest on different types of financing arrangements - from debt to leases to supplier financings - including how the current macroeconomic environment impacts the accounting.
In this episode, Heather Horn and Suzanne will discuss the impact of the current macroeconomic environment on the classification of debt as current or noncurrent.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, listen to our previous podcast on the presentation and disclosure of debt, and stayed tuned for our next podcast in this miniseries, on debt restructuring. Also read our Financial statement presentation guide and frequently asked questions on accounting in uncertain times.
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows, as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
GHG Protocol is one of the most widely known and applied sustainability reporting frameworks. Even as ESG reporting continues to increase in prominence with proposed disclosures from the European Union as part of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), internationally by the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB), and in the United States by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the criticality of GHG Protocol is reinforced by its incorporation in each of these “big three” proposals.
In light of this changing landscape, the GHG Protocol has undertaken a process to survey stakeholders and determine what updates are needed to its protocol, standards, and guidance. Heather Horn was joined by Marcin Olewinski, a PwC Trust Solutions partner, to unpack the key points of feedback contained in PwC’s comment letter on the GHG Protocol’s open consultation. Heather and Marcin both led PwC’s global working group on developing our comments.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Interested in the contents of our comment letter to the GHG protocol? Read it here.
Marcin Olewinski is a partner in PwC’s Trust Solutions practice, with over 20 years of experience bringing valued perspectives and insights to large clients in the energy sector. Additionally, he’s focused extensively within PwC’s National Office on greenhouse gas and sustainability reporting.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in March, Suzanne Stephani is taking over the podcast to bring you the latest on different types of financing arrangements—from debt to leases to supplier finance programs—including how the current macroeconomic environment may impact the accounting.
In this episode, Heather Horn and Suzanne are joined by Bret Dooley, a PwC partner who leads our team advising clients on the accounting for financial instruments. Suzanne and Bret explain what supplier finance programs are, share insights on assessing the balance sheet classification, and break down the new disclosure requirements from the FASB that are now (generally) effective for calendar year-end companies.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information on the accounting and disclosure of supplier finance programs, check out our Financial statement presentation guide.
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows, as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the financial instruments accounting leader. He has over 25 years of experience specializing in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
After 2022 brought proposed ESG disclosures from the EU as part of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), internationally by the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB), and in the US by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), many companies began in earnest to mock up potential disclosures, understand gaps in information quality and availability, and establish work plans for creating consistent, reliable reporting.
This month marks one year since the SEC’s proposal was released, and we wanted to ask – how have companies been preparing over the past year, and what should they be doing for the next year as we move toward mandatory ESG reporting in many jurisdictions? Heather Horn was joined by Brigham McNaughton, a PwC ESG Services & Strategy partner, to unpack these questions and provide the latest updates on what companies can do now to be prepared for upcoming requirements.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on getting ready for mandatory ESG reporting? Check out our publication, Preparing for tomorrow's rules today.
Brigham McNaughton is a partner in PwC’s ESG practice. He has served global clients in a range of industries including utilities, automotive, and financial services, advising on core ESG strategy development and stakeholder engagement. Brigham has also worked closely with the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board on a variety of reporting initiatives.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in March, Suzanne Stephani is taking over the podcast to bring you the latest on different types of financing arrangements - from debt to leases to supplier financings - including how the current macroeconomic environment impacts the accounting.
To kick off the series, Heather Horn and Suzanne are joined by Marc Jerusalem, a PwC managing director who also specializes in leasing, to discuss how the current macroeconomic environment impacts the accounting for leases.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
For more information, listen to our other podcasts in PwC’s Leasing Toolkit series and read our publication on frequently asked questions on accounting in uncertain times.
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows, as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.
Marc Jerusalem is a managing director in PwC’s National Office specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in February, Andreas Ohl, PwC’s Global ESG Technical Leader, took over the podcast and talked all about one of a company’s most valuable intangible assets, human capital. He discussed what it is and why it matters, how it’s treated in financial and ESG reporting, and how its value is reflected in deals.
In this final episode of the miniseries, Heather Horn and Andreas are joined by Carrie Duarte, a PwC workforce transformation specialist, to discuss how sophisticated acquirers are creating value through human capital in transactions. They also share insights on how investing in the workforce may create both social value creation (which is the “S” in ESG) and financial value creation.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Listen to earlier episodes in this series on the impact of recent demographic trends on the investment in human capital, how a company’s largest asset may not be on balance sheet, and on communicating value through ESG reporting.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Carrie Duarte is a partner leading PwC's Organization and Workforce Transformation Deals team. Carrie helps CEOs take advantage of the catalyzing event of a transaction to transform their organizations and workforces.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Billed as the largest climate legislation in US history, the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA) includes tax credits, incentives, and other provisions intended to help companies tackle climate change, increase investments in renewable energy, and enhance energy efficiency.
What are the most common ways that companies are planning to take advantage of the Act? What provisions does the Act have that might benefit companies that are not in the energy industry? Heather Horn was joined by Matt Haskins, PwC principal, to unpack these questions and provide the latest updates on the IRS’ guidance process.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on the Inflation Reduction Act? Check out our previous podcast on ESG incentives in the Inflation Reduction Act.
Matt Haskins is a principal in PwC’s Washington National Tax Services, where he leads the firm's Cleantech tax practice, focusing on renewable energy financing and M&A transactions. In addition to writing and speaking on issues in the renewable energy industry, Matt has co-chaired the energy and environmental taxes working group for the US Council on International Business and served as a delegate for key energy initiatives of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in February, Andreas Ohl, PwC’s Global ESG Technical Leader, will be taking over the podcast and talking all about one of a company’s most valuable intangible assets, human capital. He will discuss what it is and why it matters, how it’s treated in financial and ESG reporting, and how its value is reflected in deals.
In this episode, Heather Horn and Andreas are joined by Sheri Wyatt, a PwC sustainability specialist, to discuss how we are seeing companies communicate the value of human capital through ESG reporting.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Listen to earlier episodes in this series on the impact of recent demographic trends on the investment in human capital and how a company’s largest asset may not be on balance sheet. And stay tuned for one more episode in the series.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Sheri Wyatt is a partner in PwC’s Deals practice and a sustainability specialist who helps clients execute on their ESG reporting strategies, including how to navigate the evolving regulatory landscape both in the US and abroad. She has over 20 years of experience advising companies on the adoption of new accounting and financial reporting standards, from assessing current state through operationalizing compliance with new standards and policies.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
At the recent annual meeting of the World Economic Forum (WEF) in Davos, PwC and the WEF jointly released a report about critical moves businesses can take to prepare for risks and take advantage of opportunities in climate change adaptation (the process of preparing for, preventing, and mitigating the worst impacts of climate change).
Heather Horn was joined by Emma Cox, PwC’s Global Climate Leader, to discuss some of the key themes that came out of both our white paper as well as the 2023 annual WEF meeting, which Emma attended alongside world leaders.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on climate adaptation? Check out our white paper on Accelerating business action on climate change adaptation.
Emma Cox is PwC’s Global Climate Leader, driving the delivery of our client-focused global climate strategy. In addition to previously serving as PwC UK’s Head of Purpose, Emma also led its Sustainability and Climate Change practice, with a team of sustainability and climate change specialists advising public and private sector clients in the UK and internationally on sustainability, development, urbanization, and climate change-related issues.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in February, Andreas Ohl, PwC’s Global ESG Technical Leader, will be taking over the podcast and talking all about a company’s most valuable intangible asset, human capital. He will discuss what it is and why it matters, how it’s treated in financial and ESG reporting, and how its value is reflected in deals.
In this episode, Heather Horn and Andreas discuss the current financial reporting landscape when it comes to human capital.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Listen to the earlier episode in this series on the impact of recent demographic trends on the investment in human capital, and stay tuned for more episodes in the series. Also read our point of view publication on making intangibles count.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The Task Force for Climate Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework underpins each of the “big 3" sustainability disclosure proposals issued in 2022. But before it was incorporated in any of these proposals, TCFD was a heavyweight in its own right in terms of the breadth of its adoption. How did TCFD become what it is today?
Heather Horn was joined by Jon Williams, PwC partner and TCFD member, to unpack the history of the TCFD and look ahead to how the framework may continue to shape sustainability reporting in the future.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Looking for more information on TCFD reporting and scenario analysis? Check out our previous podcast on Leveraging TCFD for climate-related disclosures.
Jon Williams is a member of the TCFD and co-leads the PwC UK’s Sustainability & Climate Change practice. With over three decades of experience in sustainable finance and strategy, Jon focuses on issues relating to climate change, biodiversity, water, and poverty alleviation. His clients include financial institutions in both developed and developing economies as well as companies in the retail, consumer goods, healthcare, energy, and mining sectors.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Every Tuesday in February, Andreas Ohl, PwC’s Global ESG Technical Leader, will be taking over the podcast and talking all about a company’s most valuable intangible asset, human capital. He will discuss what it is and why it matters, how it’s treated in financial and ESG reporting, and how its value is reflected in deals.
To kick off the series, host Heather Horn and Andreas were joined by Zain Siddiqui, a senior economist with PwC Intelligence, to break down the macroeconomic and demographic trends leading to the scarcity of human capital seen today. They’ll also discuss how companies should think about human capital (perhaps differently than before) given these trends.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Stay tuned for upcoming podcasts in this series. Listen to our previous podcast with PwC Intelligence for a broader geopolitical and macroeconomic update.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Zain Siddiqui is a senior economist for PwC Intelligence with a specialty in macroeconomics and finance. He advises stakeholders and clients on the business implications of emerging macro and geopolitical vulnerabilities, and helps them shape business strategy. His research has appeared in books on international economic policy and macroeconomic journals.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this episode, PwC partners Chris Rhodes and Andreas Ohl join us to discuss our 2023 deals outlook and related accounting considerations. Included are insights on how dealmakers are thinking about value creation as they navigate macroeconomic uncertainties and what finance teams need to know as deals are happening.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to learn more about the 2023 deals outlook? Watch a replay of our webcast or read our report. And for more on accounting considerations, listen to previous podcasts on impairment accounting, including one on impairment of goodwill and other intangibles.
Chris Rhodes is a partner in PwC's Deals practice. He provides commercial structuring, valuation, and accounting advice for a variety of transactions under both US GAAP and IFRS. He concentrates on delivering strategic transactions such as acquisitions, divestitures, and joint ventures, along with capital raising, capital restructuring, and other financial engineering, including risk management.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
PwC’s 26th annual global CEO survey came out last month, and the data revealed that CEOs are facing a dual imperative in today’s uncertain environment to not only reduce costs, but also to spur growth. Businesses are facing uncertainty, and exploring options to shore up and prepare for the future. Activities may include reducing operating costs, diversifying products and services, raising prices, and implementing hiring freezes.
So which of all of these options is best for your company? Heather Horn was joined by Bhushan Sethi, PwC Strategy& partner, to discuss how finance teams can work to help their businesses weather storms in the near term, while still preparing for longer term success.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to hear more perspectives from our latest Global CEO Survey? Check out our summary of the survey results.
Bhushan Sethi is a partner in Strategy&, PwC’s strategy consulting business, where he’s focused on Business and Organization Transformation. Bhushan is a thought leader, public speaker, media spokesperson, and influencer on "future of work,” risk culture, workforce strategy, employee experience, and diversity & inclusion.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The SEC’s sweeping climate-related disclosure proposal released in March 2022 continues to be a focal point for companies and investors as stakeholders anticipate what may be included in the final release, and perhaps even more importantly, when the new rules will go into effect. Notwithstanding this pending proposal, registrants need to ensure that the SEC’s existing long-standing climate-related disclosure requirements are fully embraced in the upcoming reporting cycle.
In this episode, Heather Horn, host of our podcast series, brings you an audio version of our publication that analyzes climate disclosures in the most recent annual SEC filings from the S&P 100. In this audio recording, you’ll hear:
Refer also to the print version, Today's SEC climate disclosures - how do you measure up?. Also, register for our Q1 2023 Quarterly ESG webcast on February 16 or March 1, 2023.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests discuss key areas of the year-end reporting process – from closing the books to finalizing reports.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Gary Berchowitz, a leader in PwC’s Global Assurance Quality - Corporate Reporting Services group, to discuss the challenges and judgments needed under IFRS with regard to many of the hot button topics that we’ve been discussing in this series: Russia / Ukraine, inflation, and others key areas driven by today’s current environment.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Check out other episodes of our Year-end toolkit series: Managing materiality assessments and Accounting reminders for uncertain times.
Gary Berchowitz is the Non-Financial Instruments Leader in PwC’s Global Assurance Quality - Corporate Reporting Services group. Gary brings nearly 20 years of financial accounting experience, working to drive quality and connectivity throughout the PwC network and help local teams solve complex accounting issues in a practical way. Gary contributes to the firm’s global view on a variety of financial reporting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected]
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests discuss key areas of the year-end reporting process – from closing the books to finalizing reports.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Stephen Parker, a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, to discuss the ways that finance teams can effectively communicate with those charged with governance – and for 2022, it’s all about timely discussions that are responsive to the current environment.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Check out other episodes of our Year-end toolkit series, available in our library, including making materiality assessments and some important accounting reminders for uncertain times.
Stephen Parker is a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, which strives to strengthen the connection between directors, executive teams, and investors by helping them navigate the evolving governance landscape. With more than 30 years of experience, Stephen has advised boards of directors on a variety of complex financial reporting matters. Stephen’s client service experience includes energy and utility companies, financial services companies, and nonprofits.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) has been working quickly through deliberations on its proposals to create a comprehensive global baseline of sustainability disclosures.
Since we last covered the ISSB’s deliberations in October 2022, the Board has met four more times for redeliberations on draft standards – and each meeting was chock full of action. This week, Heather Horn was joined by Andreas Ohl and Katie Woods to unpack the dialogue and tentative decisions reached within these meetings.
In this episode, our guests discuss:
Looking for more information on the ISSB and ESG reporting? Check out our previous podcast on responses to the ISSB exposure drafts, as well as our In the loop on navigating the ESG landscape.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Katie Woods is a Director in PwC's Global Accounting Consulting Services group and advises on ESG and International accounting standards. Katie specializes in the new and emerging ESG reporting frameworks working across the PwC Network. She has over 30 years of experience working with a broad range of companies. Katie speaks regularly on a range of ESG and accounting topics at national and international seminars.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests discuss key areas of the year-end reporting process – from closing the books to finalizing reports.
In this episode, PwC’s US Trust Solutions Quality Management leader, Michael Mullen, joins us to share his expertise managing materiality judgments and to provide insights into recent SEC activity related to materiality.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Check out other episodes of our Year-end toolkit series, available in our library. And listen to another podcast with Michael that takes a deeper dive on the process of making materiality assessments.
Michael Mullen is PwC’s US Trust Solutions Quality Management leader. In this role, he oversees complex client issues, providing technical insights and expertise in support of overall quality. With over 30 years of client service experience, Michael has led numerous global client engagements.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests discuss key areas of the year-end reporting process – from closing the books to finalizing reports.
In this episode, PwC National Office director Suzanne Stephani joins us to discuss the most timely issues preparers face on the statement of cash flows, focusing on the transactions and topics that are arising more frequently in today’s macroeconomic environment.
In this episode, you will hear reminders on the cash flow treatment of:
Stay tuned for the next episode in our Year-end toolkit series. For more of our previous content on the statement of cash flows, check out Statement of cash flows: Back to basics and Building your cash flow statement in uncertain times.
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the statement of cash flows, as well as the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests discuss key areas of the year-end reporting process.
In this episode, PwC partner Jennifer Spang joins us to discuss year-end income tax accounting reminders and what you need to know about recent tax law changes and standard setting activity.
In this episode, you will hear reminders on:
Stay tuned for the next episode in our Year-end toolkit series. Listen to previous podcasts in our Tax toolkit series in which we discuss valuation allowances and uncertain tax positions. For more information read our summary of accounting considerations in uncertain times, our summary of Pillar II, and our Income taxes guide. In addition, check out our Financial statement presentation guide for information on the presentation and disclosure of income taxes.
Jennifer Spang is a partner in PwC’s National Office who serves as the income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests discuss key areas of the year-end reporting process.
In this episode, PwC National Office leaders join us to discuss what is top of mind for each of them on year-end reporting, including the impact of macroeconomic and geopolitical events.
In this episode, you will hear reminders on:
Stay tuned for the next episode in our Year-end toolkit series. Listen to our previous 2022 SEC comment letter podcast series for more insights related to SEC reporting, including comments letter trends related to current events, and our previous impairment toolkit podcast series, including financial and nonfinancial asset impairment.
Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the financial instruments accounting leader. He has over 25 years of experience specializing in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant, leading the revenue and liabilities division in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Kyle Moffatt is PwC’s Professional Practice leader, leading a team responsible for working with standard setters and regulators as well as delivering brand-defining thought leadership and educational materials. He also consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodat
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, our guests discuss key areas of the year-end reporting process.
PwC National Quality Organization leader, Tim Carey, joins us this week to kick off the series with his advice on dealing with the impact of broad macroeconomic issues, resolving complex technical issues, and staying ahead of the curve on the year-end close.
In this episode, our guests will discuss:
Stay tuned for upcoming podcasts in our Year-end toolkit series and listen to our Q4 2022 Quarter close for further insights on the latest accounting, financial reporting, and regulatory updates to support year-end reporting. And for more information on presentation and disclosure requirements, check out our Financial statement presentation guide.
Tim Carey is PwC’s National Quality Organization leader, with 30+ years experience in complex accounting, tax and reporting issues. Tim has led large-scale teams on a wide range of projects including financial statement audits, transaction structuring, financial due diligence, and post-merger integration.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Quality Organization thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This month, PwC released its 2022 Global Investor Survey, covering a range of topics from investor priorities to the continued focus on ESG. In this week’s special episode, Heather Horn was joined by Hilary Eastman, PwC’s Head of Global Investor Engagement, to unpack the survey’s findings, including key areas of focus of those who invest in US companies.
In this episode, our guests discuss:
For more information on proposed ESG rules, read our In the loop, ESG reporting: Preparing for tomorrow's rules today.
Hilary Eastman leads global investor engagement at PwC and has extensive experience advising on ESG reporting strategy. She manages the firm’s relationships with the investment community in the UK and globally. In her role, Hilary works with investors and analysts to get their views on a variety of corporate reporting and governance matters to help companies improve their reporting to the capital markets.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The 2022 AICPA & CIMA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments included representatives from the SEC, PCAOB, FASB, IASB, and other market participants. Speakers provided deep dives into regulations and standards, insights on SEC areas of focus, and more.
Heather Horn was joined by Angela Fergason and Kyle Moffatt, National Office partners, to discuss highlights and takeaways from this year’s Conference.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to learn more about the SEC’s areas of focus? Read our publication summarizing the Conference, and listen to our 2022 SEC comment letter trends podcast series.
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies. Angela is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our 2022 SEC comment letter trends series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.
To conclude the series, this week Heather Horn sat down with Pete Driscoll, a partner in PwC’s National Office, to discuss trends noted in SEC enforcement actions this year, including the increase in cases related to topics on the SEC’s current agenda, such as ESG and cybersecurity.
In this episode, you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comment letter trends. For additional information on recent enforcement actions, listen to our podcast on the 2022 AICPA SEC Conference.
Pete Driscoll is a partner in PwC’s National Office focusing on SEC regulations, reporting, and compliance. Prior to his role at PwC, Pete held several roles at the SEC, including Director of the Division of Examinations and Chief Risk and Strategy Officer.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
On November 22, 2022, EFRAG submitted a draft European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) to the European Commission. In this week’s special episode, Heather Horn was joined by Emily Kirsch to discuss the latest CSRD developments and how CSRD compares to other climate proposals.
In this episode, our guests discuss:
For more information on the proposed rule, see our In brief on the submission of the draft ESRS and listen to the audio version of our C-suite summary providing background on the CSRD.
Emily Kirsch is a director in PwC's National Office focused on ESG thought leadership and standard setting. She has more than 12 years of experience advising both public and private companies in navigating complex accounting and financial reporting topics during periods of change in an organization.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In the fourth quarter 2022 edition of The quarter close, we provide timely reminders on topics that should be top of mind this year end. We also help you navigate the financial reporting impact of various cost-cutting measures put in motion by the current economic environment. Lastly, we provide the latest on global ESG reporting proposals and the FASB’s standard-setting activities. Listen to The quarter close for these and other relevant accounting and reporting topics you should consider as 2022 comes to a close.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our 2022 SEC comment letter trends series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.
This week, Heather Horn was joined by PwC partner Pat Durbin to discuss emerging comment letter trends related to current macroeconomic and geopolitical events.
In this episode you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comment letter trends and stay tuned for more episodes in the series. For further information on the impact of recent current events, listen to our Q3 2022 economic and geopolitical update podcast and read our In depth on accounting in uncertain economic times.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant, leading the revenue and liabilities division in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The SEC climate disclosure proposal continues to be a key topic of conversation as companies work through readiness assessments and contemplate process implementations.
This week, Heather Horn was joined by Valerie Wieman, a partner in PwC’s National Office, to revisit the proposal and talk through some of the most frequently asked questions we receive.
In this episode, you’ll hear them discuss:
Want to learn more about the SEC’s climate disclosure proposal? Listen to the audio version of our In the loop summarizing the key requirements, and read PwC’s comments on the proposal.
Valerie Wieman is PwC’s National Office Editor-in-chief. She is involved in the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on ESG reporting. Prior to this role, she was part of PwC’s National Office SEC Services group, helping clients navigate SEC rules and regulations.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our 2022 SEC comment letter trends series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.
Kyle Moffatt, PwC National Office partner, is back in the guest seat with our host, Heather Horn, to share key insights on the #1 top SEC comment letter trend in 2022, MD&A.
In this episode you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comment letter trends and stay tuned for more episodes in the series. For more information on the SEC’s disclosure requirements pertaining to MD&A, check out our In depth on the amended rules and Topic 9 of the SEC’s Financial Reporting Manual.
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this week's special episode, we cover some key takeaways coming out of the 2022 midterm elections. Host Heather Horn sat down with Michael O’Brien of PwC’s Office of Government, Regulatory Affairs, & Public Policy group to discuss how the midterm election outcomes may impact companies and what we can expect from Congress over the next two years.
In this episode you’ll hear:
Want to learn more about recent federal actions? Check out our podcast episode on the US government’s proposal on federal contractor climate disclosures.
Michael O’Brien is a Managing Director in the Office of Government, Regulatory Affairs & Public Policy. In his current role, Michael represents the firm and its interests before Congress, the Executive Branch, and Federal regulatory agencies. He has represented the firm on matters related to the implementation of Sarbanes-Oxley and Dodd-Frank, state and federal taxation, and litigation reform.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our 2022 SEC comment letter trends series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.
This week, Heather Horn sat down with Kyle Moffatt, a partner in PwC’s National Office, to discuss the SEC staff’s continued focus on non-GAAP measures and trending comment letter themes.
In this episode you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comment letter trends and stay tuned for more episodes in the series. For further information on non-GAAP measures with respect to business and market disruptions, take a look at the SEC Division of Corporate Finance’s guidance on disclosure considerations related to COVID-19.
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This month, the US federal government proposed a rule requiring government contractors to provide certain climate disclosures. In this week’s special episode, Heather Horn was joined by Valerie Wieman to discuss who the rule affects and what the key disclosure requirements are.
In this episode, our guests discuss:
For more information on the proposed rule, see our In brief, GHG and climate risk disclosures proposed for federal contractors.
Valerie Wieman is PwC’s National Office Editor-in-chief. She is involved in the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on ESG reporting. Prior to this role, she was part of PwC’s National Office SEC Services group, helping clients navigate SEC rules and regulations.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our 2022 SEC comment letter trends series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.
This week, Heather Horn was joined by Valerie Wieman, a partner in PwC’s National Office, to discuss a brand new comment letter trend in 2022: climate change disclosures. Given the SEC’s ESG-focused agenda, it is not a surprise that climate takes the #3 spot on our list of top comment letter trends.
In this episode you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comment letter trends and stay tuned for more episodes in the series. For more information on the SEC’s disclosure requirements pertaining to climate, read Don’t wait until the SEC staff asks you about climate change or listen to the audio version. To learn more about the SEC’s proposed climate disclosure requirements, listen to our podcast on the main provisions of the proposal.
Valerie Wieman is PwC’s National Office Editor-in-chief. She is involved in the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on ESG reporting. Prior to this role, she was part of PwC’s National Office SEC Services group, helping clients navigate SEC rules and regulations.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Regulators and standard setters around the world have proposed new disclosure requirements triggered by investor demand and, in some cases, designed to inspire efforts to combat climate change. The ESG reporting landscape is dominated by the “big three” proposals released this year: in the European Union (EU) as part of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD), internationally by the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB), and in the United States by the SEC.
Nearly all public companies are expected to be subject to one or more of these rules, and some may be impacted by all three. Private companies are also likely to need to report in some form whether to investors with enhanced expectations, companies in their value chain, or perhaps mandatorily in jurisdictions like the EU. With final guidance around the corner, the big question is — what should companies be doing now?
In this episode, Heather Horn, host of our podcast series, brings you an audio version of the C-suite summary on preparing for these rules. In this audio recording, you’ll hear why now is a good time for companies to:
Refer also to the print version, ESG reporting: Preparing for tomorrow's rules today.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our 2022 SEC comment letter trends series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.
This week, Heather Horn sat down with Jay Seliber, a partner in PwC’s National Office, to discuss key themes noted in segment reporting comment letters. Jay also shared his insights on some of the challenges companies face with segment reporting.
In this episode you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comment letter trends and stay tuned for more episodes in the series. For further information on segment disclosures, listen to our Full disclosure podcast and read through our Financial statement presentation guide chapter on segment reporting.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative on the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
ESG is a frequent topic of conversation across all industries; real estate is no exception – and it’s a space that impacts most companies, whether as an investor, or an occupant. Tune in this week to hear Heather Horn and Byron Carlock, PwC’s Real Estate practice leader, discuss current market trends and ESG strategy considerations in the real estate sector.
In this episode, our guests discuss:
Want to learn more about developments in ESG? Listen to our Q4 2022 Quarterly ESG webcast, along with our previous podcast focused on ESG reporting within the real estate industry.
Byron Carlock is PwC’s US Real Estate Practice leader. He brings years of knowledge of and exposure to the various aspects of the real estate life cycle, including the capital markets, acquisitions, M&A, development, dispositions, and capital structuring.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our 2022 SEC comment letter trends series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance.
This week, Heather Horn sat down with Angela Fergason, a partner in PwC’s National Office, who shared her insights on the comments on the top line of the income statement, revenue, from the SEC staff to registrants this year.
In this episode you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comment letter trends and stay tuned for more episodes in the series. We also have episodes specific to revenue, such as our revenue toolkit podcast miniseries that goes step by step through the revenue recognition model.
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies. Angela is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The US enacted the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX) two decades ago. In this special episode, host Heather Horn was joined by Wes Bricker, PwC’s Vice Chair and Trust Solutions Co-Leader for the US and Mexico, and Sandy Peters, the CFA Institute’s Senior Head of Global Advocacy, to reflect on how SOX has impacted the public company reporting ecosystem during that time, and what investors think of the regulatory framework.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Wes Bricker is PwC’s Vice Chair and Trust Solutions Co-Leader for the US and Mexico. In this role he oversees the largest Trust platform in the world, bringing together the firm’s combined Audit, ESG, Digital Assurance, and Tax Reporting capabilities to best help clients as they seek to build trust with their stakeholders. As co-leader, Wes is responsible for the quality of service, excellence in the work performed by over 21,000 partners and staff, developing diverse teams and driving innovation.
Sandy Peters is the Senior Head of Global Advocacy at the CFA Institute. In this role, she leads the advocacy and regulatory affairs global efforts, including corporate disclosures, financial reporting, accounting and ESG/sustainability. Sandy also serves as a CFA Institute spokesperson to key regulators and standard setters, and works with stakeholders in the policymaking process.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In March, the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) released proposed disclosure standards for public comment. While not currently mandatory, when finalized, the standards are expected to form the basis for many jurisdictions’ sustainability reporting, and as such, could become mandatory for companies doing business in those jurisdictions. For this reason, companies who do business around the world will want to be watching the ISSB.
This week, Heather Horn was joined by Mardi McBrien, Director of Strategic Affairs at the IFRS Foundation, to share her insights on the ISSB’s mission and accomplishments so far. They also discuss what is next for global sustainability reporting.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
For more information on the ISSB and recent developments in ESG reporting, listen to our previous podcasts that provide background on the proposed ISSB standards and discussion of key themes from the response letters.
Mardi McBrien is the Director of Strategic Affairs at the IFRS Foundation responsible for sustainability reporting. In this role she has played an active part in setting up the ISSB. Prior to the IFRS Foundation, Mardi spent over a decade leading the global ESG standard setter, the Climate Disclosure Standards Board (CDSB), in developing quality disclosure standards and thought leadership on environmental and social issues.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our What’s trending in SEC comments series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance for the most common topical areas of the financial statements.
To kick off the series, this week Heather Horn sat down with Kyle Moffatt, a partner in PwC’s National Office, to provide an overview of the 2022 comment letter trends, insights into the key priorities of the SEC, and what we can expect to see in the future based on the SEC’s agenda.
In this episode you’ll hear discussion of:
Want to learn more? Check out our analysis of SEC comment letter trends and stay tuned for more episodes in the series.
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. Before PwC, Kyle spent almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The comment period has closed on the two sustainability reporting exposure drafts issued by the International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB). What did respondents have to say on the proposals? This week, Heather Horn was joined by Andreas Ohl and Katie Woods to unpack the key themes in comment responses, and also to provide updates from the ISSB’s most recent board meeting.
In this episode, our guests discuss:
Looking for more information on the ISSB and ESG reporting? Tune in to our previous podcast discussing the two exposure drafts and our In the loop on navigating the ESG landscape. Also see the Integrated Reporting Framework for further detail on potential value drivers in sustainability reporting. For a summary of the actions taken by the board at its October 2022 meeting, refer to the ISSB’s news release.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Katie Woods is a Director in PwC's Global Accounting Consulting Services group and advises on ESG and International accounting standards. Katie specializes in the new and emerging ESG reporting frameworks working across the PwC Network. She has over 30 years of experience working with a broad range of companies. Katie speaks regularly on a range of ESG and accounting topics at national and international seminars.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a dis
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The current international tax landscape has been in place for decades. But now dramatic changes may be on the horizon. The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), backed by countries around the world, has been pursuing a “Two-Pillar Solution” aimed at alleviating certain global tax challenges that it believes arose from the “digitalisation of the economy.”
This OECD two-pillar framework will significantly alter many international tax practices we follow today with a related impact on reported earnings. In preparation, all companies should begin to assess what the OECD’s proposed framework will mean to them.
In this episode, Heather Horn, partner in PwC’s National Office, brings you an audio version of our In the loop on the OECD framework.
In this podcast, you’ll hear:
Refer also to the print version, The OECD minimum tax: What US companies need to know.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering fixed assets – from acquisitions and capitalization to disposals.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Reto Micheluzzi from PwC’s National Office to discuss asset disposals by sale and key judgments in assessing the held-for-sale criteria.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Read our chapter on assets held for sale in our PP&E and other assets guide.
Reto Micheluzzi is a partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience solving companies’ most complex accounting and financial reporting issues, creating a path through the dense regulatory framework and bodies of rules. He has a deep understanding of the demands associated with today’s accounting complexities and potential SEC reporting issues, primarily related to M&A, consolidation, reorganizations, and income taxes.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework forms the basis of climate-related rules within each of the major ESG disclosure proposals released this year. The UK is the first jurisdiction to mandate reporting under the TCFD for listed companies. This requirement was effective for 2021, meaning these reports were available for the first time in 2022.
Heather Horn sat down with Mark O’Sullivan, PwC UK’s Head of Corporate Reporting, and Hilary Eastman, Director of Investor Engagement at PwC, to discuss PwC’s observations on our review of the first 50 companies that reported under this mandate, as well as investor perspectives related to the filings.
In this episode, our guests discuss:
Want to learn more about developments in ESG and TCFD? Read PwC UK’s report, The green shoots of TCFD reporting, along with our previous podcast on leveraging TCFD for climate-related disclosures. Also see the FRC’s and FCA’s reports on their reviews of TCFD disclosures, as well as the FRC’s lab report on net zero disclosures.
Hilary Eastman leads global investor engagement at PwC and has extensive experience advising on ESG reporting strategy. She manages the firm’s relationships with the investment community in the UK and globally. In her role, Hilary works with investors and analysts to get their views on a variety of corporate reporting and governance matters to help companies improve their reporting to the capital markets.
Mark O’Sullivan is PwC UK’s Head of Corporate Reporting. He has more than 15 years of experience advising leading organizations on current and best practices in reporting and the implementation of new reporting strategies to meet the needs of the capital markets. Mark also oversees PwC’s annual review of corporate reporting practices in the FTSE 350.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering fixed assets – from acquisitions and capitalization to disposals.
Jay Seliber, PwC National Office partner, is back in the guest seat to share insights on the capitalization of assets with our host, Heather Horn.
In this episode, you will hear about:
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcast in this series on asset acquisitions and read about the capitalization of costs in our PP&E and other assets guide. Aircraft major maintenance is discussed in the AICPA’s Airlines guide.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative on the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this week's special episode, we are discussing the deals market in 2022. Host Heather Horn sat down with Mike Bellin and John Vanosdall, partners in PwC’s Deals practice, to get some insight on current deals trends and how companies can prepare for IPOs, M&A’s, and other capital market transactions in today’s environment.
In this episode you’ll hear:
Want to learn more? Check out the Q3 capital markets watch, learn more on transformation in the M&A market, and sign up to receive a copy of our Deals 2023 outlook report.
Mike Bellin is a PwC Deals partner and co-leads PwC’s IPO Services practice. Mike focuses on IPOs, SPACs, accounting for carve-outs/spin-offs, purchase accounting, pro forma financial statements, stock compensation, the SEC registration process, and much more. In addition, he frequently advises on IPOs, helping his clients with their initial registration process and operational readiness.
John Vanosdall is a partner in PwC’s Deals practice. He has 10+ years of experience providing corporate and private equity clients in the technology sector with advice on complex M&A accounting issues, including business combinations, disposal transactions, and fair value measurements. John spent 4 years working at the SEC, two of those years as Deputy Chief Accountant, where he led the SEC staff's work to oversee the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
From continued tightening central bank monetary policies to a looming energy crisis in Europe, companies continue to adapt to a rapidly changing macroeconomic and geopolitical environment. This week, Heather Horn was joined by Craig Stronberg and Zain Siddiqui, directors in PwC Intelligence, to discuss the latest geopolitical developments and how companies should be thinking ahead when it comes to the state of the economy and volatility in the global market.
In this episode you’ll hear:
Want to learn more? Check out some of our previous podcasts with PwC Intelligence: Crypto toolkit: Decoding central bank digital currencies and Russian invasion of Ukraine: Global outlook and implications.
Craig Stronberg leads the Business Acumen capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provides macroeconomic, sector, and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20 year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times. His focus has been on numerous areas, including counterintelligence, economic espionage, counterterrorism, cyber threats, political-military issues, special operations integration, and support for major events such as the Olympic Games.
Zain Siddiqui is a senior economist for PwC Intelligence with a specialty in macroeconomics and finance. He advises stakeholders and clients on the business implications of emerging macro and geopolitical vulnerabilities, and helps them shape business strategy. His research has appeared in books on international economic policy and macroeconomic journals.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Now more than ever, companies are looking for ways not only to attract and retain top talent, but also to enhance and create ESG capabilities within their workforce. This week, Heather Horn sat down with Bhushan Sethi, the joint global leader of PwC’s People & Organization practice, to discuss how leading companies are integrating their ESG goals with their talent strategy.
In this episode, our guests discuss:
Want to learn more about recent developments in ESG? Listen to our Q3 2022 Quarterly ESG webcast and catch Bhushan on how finance teams can work toward a company’s ESG vision. Also refer to our resource on climate change strategy as a differentiator for talent.
Bhushan Sethi is a joint global leader of PwC’s People & Organization group, where he shapes and drives the firm’s global network strategy, delivering standalone and integrated solutions across strategy, management, technology, and tax consulting disciplines. Bhushan is a thought leader, public speaker, media spokesperson, and influencer on "future of work,” risk culture, workforce strategy, employee experience, and diversity & inclusion.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering fixed assets – from acquisitions and capitalization to disposals.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Beth Paul from PwC’s National Office to discuss the accounting guidance for asset acquisitions, including distinguishing an acquisition of an asset from the acquisition of a business, along with complexities that may be faced when accounting for asset acquisitions.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to our podcast discussing the complexities faced in business combinations and asset acquisitions, and read our chapters on asset acquisitions in our PP&E and other assets guide and how to identify a business using the screen test in our Business combinations guide.
Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. Prior to this role, Beth was the Strategic Thought Leader in PwC’s National office, working closely with firm leadership to determine PwC’s position on emerging trends in auditing, accounting, and financial reporting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) is celebrating its 25th anniversary this year. In this special episode, host Heather Horn was joined by Eelco van der Enden, CEO of GRI, and Nadja Picard, PwC’s Global Reporting Leader, to discuss the voluntary ESG reporting landscape and why it matters to investors.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
For more information about recent developments in ESG strategy and reporting, listen to our previous podcasts that detail ESG incentives in the Inflation Reduction Act and provide insights on ESG disclosures that matter to investors.
Eelco van der Enden is the CEO of the Global Reporting Initiative. Prior to this role, Eelco led PwC’s global ESG platform for the Tax & Legal and People Services, and PwC's Tax Administration Consulting practice. Eelco is also Chairman of the Tax Policy Group of Accountancy Europe, and has published multiple articles on tax governance and reporting.
Nadja Picard is PwC’s Global Reporting Leader. In this role she leads PwC’s global initiative to help clients transform their corporate reporting to meet investor and stakeholder demands for trusted and assured reporting beyond financial reporting. Nadja also advises companies on the accounting, corporate reporting, and investor relations requirements in advance of capital markets transactions, especially IPOs.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering impairments – a complex topic with a variety of accounting and reporting considerations.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by PwC National Office partner Andreas Ohl and PwC managing director Adam Smith to dive into goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairments, including the impact of current economic conditions on that assessment.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Listen to other episodes in our impairment toolkit series on long-lived assets, inventory and other current assets, and financial instruments, along with previous podcasts on impairment accounting, including accounting for goodwill and other impairments and answers to your impairment valuation questions. For episodes on segments that address the identification of reporting units, check out disclosure requirements for segments, and 5 things to know about segment reporting.
Adam Smith is a managing director with over 20 years of experience related to performing valuations of businesses, business interests, intangible assets, and derivatives. Adam’s valuation specialization supports a wide range of purposes, including financial reporting, litigation support, corporate planning and consulting, and mergers and acquisitions.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering impairments – a complex topic with a variety of accounting and reporting considerations.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by PwC National Office partner Matt Sabatini and PwC managing director Adam Smith to discuss another common area for impairment questions: long-lived assets.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Listen to other episodes in our impairment toolkit series on inventory and other current assets and financial instruments, along with previous podcasts on impairment accounting, including accounting for goodwill and other impairments and answers to your impairment valuation questions.
Adam Smith is a managing director at PwC with over 20 years of valuation experience. His experience includes performing valuations of businesses, business interests, intangible assets, and derivatives. Adam’s valuation specialization supports a wide range of purposes, including financial reporting, litigation support, corporate planning and consulting, and mergers and acquisitions.
Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience helping clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering impairments – a complex topic with a variety of accounting and reporting considerations.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Bret Dooley, a partner in the National Office, and Shannon Detling, a partner in the Financial Markets practice, to discuss key considerations when working through the impairment accounting framework for financial instruments.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Refer to the first episode in our impairment toolkit series on inventory and other current assets, along with previous podcasts on impairment accounting, including accounting for goodwill and other impairments and answers to your impairment valuation questions. Stay tuned for more insightful episodes in the coming weeks.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the financial instruments accounting leader. He has over 25 years of experience specializing in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Shannon Detling is a Partner within PwC’s Financial Markets group, specializing in financial instruments, financial risk management, and financing transactions. He has extensive knowledge of capital markets, changing regulation and policy, and evolving market conditions. Shannon advises clients on how to achieve their objectives and assists them in execution from strategy through to operations, valuation, and reporting, including design, implementation, and integration of systems, processes, and controls.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With ESG top of mind for many companies, we’re continuing our podcast series looking at how the current and future reporting landscape may impact individual industries. This week, guest host Casey Herman, PwC’s US ESG leader, was joined by PwC specialists Scott Thompson and Mark Roslin to discuss the current state of climate and ESG reporting in the aviation industry and the related challenges.
In this episode, our guests discuss:
Listen to our previous podcast that provides insights into the ESG disclosures that matter to investors. Also refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what?
Scott Thompson is PwC's Global Aerospace & Defense Leader, leading a team of 1,700 professionals delivering audit, tax, and advisory services to the world’s top aerospace and defense companies. Scott is a widely recognized expert in the industry, with his commentaries frequently featured in industry publications and other media outlets. Scott also hosts the annual Aerospace & Defense Finance Executive Roundtable.
Mark Rosling is a director in PwC’s Trust Solutions ESG practice. Mark works with clients to establish the controls, processes, and structures needed for accurate ESG reporting, in addition to helping companies integrate ESG into their corporate reporting.
Casey Herman is PwC’s US ESG Leader. Casey has over 35 years of experience leading and working on the audits of many significant, complex clients and is a member of the Edison Electric Institute's Wall Street Advisory Group, the Electric Power Research Institutes Advisory Council, and the NYU Stern Business School Center for Sustainable Business Advisory Council.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering impairments – a complex topic with a variety of accounting and reporting considerations.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by PwC partner Pat Durbin to discuss key considerations when working through the impairment accounting framework, including a focus on impairment considerations for inventory and other current assets.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Refer to our previous podcasts on impairment accounting, including accounting for goodwill and other impairments and answers to your impairment valuation questions. Stay tuned for more insightful episodes in the coming weeks.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant, leading the revenue and liabilities division in PwC’s National Office. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With ESG top of mind for many companies, we’re continuing our podcast series looking at how the current and future reporting landscape may impact individual industries. This week, guest host Casey Herman, PwC’s US ESG leader, was joined by PwC partners Brittany Schmidt and David Challen to discuss the current state of climate and ESG reporting in the banking and capital markets industry, the related challenges, and how to best prepare to address them.
In this episode, our guests discuss:
Listen to our previous podcast that provides insights into the ESG disclosures that matter to investors. Also refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what?
Brittany Schmidt is a partner in PwC’s financial services consulting practice with over 15 years of experience helping banks and other financial services clients navigate the rapid pace of change in the regulatory and business landscape. Brittany is a firm-designated ESG champion for the financial services sector.
David Challen is a partner in PwC’s banking and capital markets Trust Solutions practice with over 15 years of industry experience. He has worked with clients ranging from large, multinational banking institutions to broker-dealers and asset management advisors and funds. David is a firm-designated ESG champion for the financial services sector.
Casey Herman is PwC’s US ESG Leader. Casey has over 35 years of experience leading and working on the audits of many significant, complex clients and is a member of the Edison Electric Institute's Wall Street Advisory Group, the Electric Power Research Institutes Advisory Council, and the NYU Stern Business School Center for Sustainable Business Advisory Council.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering stock-based compensation – a complex subject with a variety of accounting and reporting considerations.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by PwC partners Gina Klein and Jay Seliber to discuss the complexities of stock-based compensation accounting arising from merger and acquisition activity.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Refer to previous episodes in our Compensation toolkit series on challenges for private company awards, making sense of stock award modifications, equity or liability classification, and unraveling complex vesting conditions. Also refer to our Stock-based compensation guide for more helpful information.
Gina Klein is a partner leading PwC’s HR Accounting Advisory practice in Workforce Transformation where she works with companies to address the financial reporting, design, and operational issues associated with employee compensation, including stock compensation, pension plans, and other employee benefit arrangements. Gina has also spent time in PwC’s National Office, advising clients on complex accounting matters related to employee compensation under both IFRS and US GAAP.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative on the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With ESG top of mind for many companies, we’re continuing our podcast series looking at how the current and future reporting landscape may impact individual industries. This week, guest host Casey Herman, PwC’s US ESG leader, was joined by PwC partners Jennifer Kosar and Erica Chase to discuss the current state of climate and ESG reporting in the insurance industry and the associated challenges.
In this episode, our guests discuss:
Listen to our previous podcast that provides insights into the ESG disclosures that matter to investors. Also refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what?
Jennifer Kosar is a partner in PwC’s Digital Assurance and Transparency practice, helping clients in the financial services industry through the design and execution of governance, risk management, audit, and compliance programs throughout their organization. Recently, Jenn has focused on providing support to her clients on the risks and opportunities that ESG creates for the financial services industry.
Erica Chace is a partner in PwC’s Trust Solutions practice, specializing in providing assurance services to insurance companies. Erica supports PwC’s Sustainability Services group, which involves helping clients develop their ESG strategy and assess relevant reporting requirements.
Casey Herman is PwC’s US ESG Leader. Casey has over 35 years of experience leading and working on the audits of many significant, complex clients and is a member of the Edison Electric Institute's Wall Street Advisory Group, the Electric Power Research Institutes Advisory Council, and the NYU Stern Business School Center for Sustainable Business Advisory Council.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering stock-based compensation – a complex subject with a variety of accounting and reporting considerations.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by PwC National Office partners Jay Seliber and Ken Stoler to discuss private company-specific accounting considerations for stock compensation.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Refer to previous episodes in our Compensation toolkit series on making sense of stock award modifications, equity or liability classification and unraveling complex vesting conditions. Also refer to our Stock-based compensation guide for more helpful information.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative on the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Ken Stoler is a partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience. Ken specializes in financial reporting and plan design issues related to equity compensation arrangements, retirement and healthcare plans, and other benefits, helping companies navigate their employee compensation issues during an IPO, spin off, acquisition, or other major transaction or event.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The Inflation Reduction Act (the Act), signed into law on August 16, includes a number of green initiatives and incentives – but what are they, and how will they impact businesses? In this special episode, host Heather Horn was joined by Casey Herman and Matt Haskins, specialists in PwC’s ESG groups, to discuss the ESG initiatives that companies will have to consider as part of the Act.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
For more information about developments in ESG, listen to our previous podcast that provides insights into the ESG disclosures that matter to investors. Also refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what?
Matt Haskins is a principal in PwC’s Washington National Tax Services, where he leads the firm's Cleantech tax practice, focusing on renewable energy financing and M&A transactions. In addition to writing and speaking on issues in the renewable energy industry, Matt has co-chaired the energy and environmental taxes working group for the US Council on International Business and served as a delegate for key energy initiatives of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.
Casey Herman is PwC’s US ESG Leader. Casey has over 35 years of experience leading and working on the audits of many significant, complex clients and is a member of the Edison Electric Institute's Wall Street Advisory Group, the Electric Power Research Institutes Advisory Council, and the NYU Stern Business School Center for Sustainable Business Advisory Council.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With ESG top of mind for many companies, we’re continuing our new podcast series looking at how the current and future reporting landscape may impact individual industries. This week, guest host Casey Herman, PwC’s US ESG leader, was joined by Rich Goode and Robert Moline from PwC’s ESG practice to discuss the strategy and reporting challenges that technology companies face.
In this episode, our guests discuss:
Listen to our previous podcast that provides insights into the ESG disclosures that matter to investors. Also refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what?
Robert Moline is a PwC Partner in our technology, media and telecommunications consulting group. Robert focuses on the transformation of global technology industry clients with a focus on sustainability and climate driven change.
Rich Goode is a principal in PwC's ESG practice where he assists clients in the technology, media, and telecommunications sectors navigate key environmental, social, and governance issues. Leveraging 30 years of experience, Rich also currently serves as an Adjunct Lecturer at Harvard University.
Casey Herman is PwC’s US ESG Leader. Casey has over 35 years of experience leading and working on the audits of many significant, complex clients and is a member of the Edison Electric Institute's Wall Street Advisory Group, the Electric Power Research Institutes Advisory Council, and the NYU Stern Business School Center for Sustainable Business Advisory Council.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering stock-based compensation – a complex subject with a variety of accounting and reporting considerations.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by PwC National Office partners Jay Seliber and Ken Stoler to discuss a number of scenarios and accounting considerations related to stock-based compensation award modifications.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Refer to previous episodes in our Compensation toolkit series on equity or liability classification and unraveling complex vesting conditions, along with earlier podcasts on stock-based compensation including back to basics and presentation and disclosure. See also our Stock-based compensation guide. Stay tuned for more insightful episodes in the coming weeks.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative on the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Ken Stoler is a partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience. Ken specializes in financial reporting and plan design issues related to equity compensation arrangements, retirement and healthcare plans, and other benefits, helping companies navigate their employee compensation issues during an IPO, spin off, acquisition, or other major transaction or event.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With ESG top of mind for many companies, we’re continuing our new podcast series looking at how the current and future reporting landscape may impact individual industries. This week, guest host Casey Herman, PwC’s US ESG leader, was joined by Dan Sullivan and Randy Hoff, specialists in PwC’s Financial Markets & Real Estate practice, to discuss the strategy and reporting challenges and opportunities for real estate companies. In addition, any company that owns or rents space for its business would benefit from it.
In this episode, our guests discuss:
Want to learn more about developments in ESG? Register for our upcoming Q3 2022 Quarterly ESG webcast, and listen to our previous podcast that provides insights into the ESG disclosures that matter to investors. Also refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what?
Dan Sullivan is PwC’s Financial Markets & Real Estate leader. Dan has 18 years experience assisting clients with capital markets challenges driven by owning, originating, and investing in complex financial products and real estate. He helps clients navigate rapidly changing ESG demands to create innovative product and market strategies that lead the way in sustainability finance.
Randy Hoff is a Principal in PwC's Financial Markets & Real Estate team with over 20 years experience. He provides a wide range of innovative and tech-forward ESG solutions to Commercial and Industrial occupiers and investors. Randy helps clients achieve Net Zero and other emissions reduction goals through technology, advanced analytics and engineering.
Casey Herman is PwC’s US ESG Leader. Casey has over 35 years of experience leading and working on the audits of many significant, complex clients and is a member of the Edison Electric Institute's Wall Street Advisory Group, the Electric Power Research Institutes Advisory Council, and the NYU Stern Business School Center for Sustainable Business Advisory Council.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering stock-based compensation – a complex subject with a variety of accounting and reporting considerations.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by PwC National Office subject matter specialists Jay Seliber and Nicole Berman to discuss the challenging topic of classifying stock option awards as equity or a liability.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Refer to the first episode in our compensation toolkit series on unraveling complex vesting conditions, along with earlier podcasts on stock-based compensation podcasts including back to basics, award modifications and presentation and disclosure. For more on stock-based compensation, refer to our Stock-based compensation guide. Stay tuned for more insightful episodes in the coming weeks.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative on the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Nicole Berman is a Director in PwC's National Office. She advises clients on the accounting for complex transactions related to revenue recognition and employee compensation matters, including stock-based compensation, pensions, OPEB, and restructurings, under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The International Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) has issued its first two ESG reporting exposure drafts for comment: one on general disclosure requirements and one on climate-related disclosure requirements. This week, Heather Horn was joined by Andreas Ohl, a partner in PwC’s National Office, to dive into the proposal and why they matter for US companies.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more about the proposals? Listen to our previous podcasts that compare the SEC proposal to the ISSB and CSRD proposals, provide PwC’s perspective on the SEC's proposal, and related implementation considerations.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With ESG top of mind for many companies, we’re starting a new podcast series looking at how the current and future reporting landscape may impact individual industries. This week, guest host Casey Herman was joined by Julie Bogas and John DeRose, partners in PwC’s ESG practice, to discuss the reporting and strategy-related challenges and opportunities that exist for companies that operate in retail and other consumer-facing businesses.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more about developments in ESG? Register for our upcoming Q3 2022 Quarterly ESG webcast, and listen to our previous podcast that provides insights into the ESG disclosures that matter to investors. Also refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what?
Julie Bogas is a partner in PwC’s ESG Consulting Solutions practice with more than 21 years of experience helping clients in a variety of industries undertake ambitious programs to successfully transform their sustainability, finance, IT, and risk and compliance capabilities. For 11 years she has been helping clients build ESG and sustainability capabilities, including ESG strategy, value chain impact assessment, goal setting, training, disclosure and reporting, and data governance and technology.
John DeRose is a partner in PwC’s ESG Trust Solutions practice with more than 20 years of reporting, assurance, compliance, and risk management experience serving large multinational organizations. He works with companies across all industries, including technology, telecommunications, manufacturing, apparel and footwear, and banking.
Casey Herman is PwC’s US ESG Leader. Casey has over 35 years of experience leading and working on the audits of many significant, complex clients and is a member of the Edison Electric Institute's Wall Street Advisory Group, the Electric Power Research Institutes Advisory Council, and the NYU Stern Business School Center for Sustainable Business Advisory Council.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering stock-based compensation – a complex subject with a variety of accounting and reporting considerations.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Jay Seliber and Ken Stoler, partners from our National Office, who share accounting insights for stock-based compensation awards with vesting conditions.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Refer to our previous podcasts on stock-based compensation, including back to basics, award modifications and presentation and disclosure, as well as our Stock-based compensation guide. Stay tuned for more insightful episodes in the coming weeks.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative on the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Ken Stoler is a partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience. Ken specializes in financial reporting and plan design issues related to equity compensation arrangements, retirement and healthcare plans, and other benefits, helping companies navigate their employee compensation issues during an IPO, spin off, acquisition, or other major transaction or event.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In response to their climate disclosure proposal, the SEC received over 14,000 comment letters from a variety of stakeholders. This week, Heather Horn was joined by Valerie Wieman, a partner in PwC’s National Office, to discuss common themes and key takeaways from a high level review of the comment letters.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more about the proposal? Listen to our previous podcasts that provide PwC’s perspective on the proposal, perspective from the C-suite, and implementation considerations. Also refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what?
Valerie Wieman is PwC’s National Office Editor-in-chief. She is involved in the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a focus on ESG reporting. Prior to this role, she was part of PwC’s National Office SEC Services group, helping clients navigate SEC rules and regulations.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month we are covering derivatives–a complicated area that generates numerous questions.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Bret Dooley and Chip Currie, partners in PwC’s National Office, and Nick Milone, a partner in PwC’s Financial Markets practice, to share practical insights for navigating the implications of reference rate reform on LIBOR-based derivatives.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Listen to other episodes in our derivative toolkit series, Do I have a derivative?, Hedging debt with derivatives, and Deciphering foreign currency hedging. For more on reference rate reform, listen to our podcast and refer to our Reference rate reform guide.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the financial instruments accounting leader. He has over 25 years of experience specializing in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Chip Currie is a Partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial service clients on treasury-related matters.
Nick Milone is a partner in PwC’s Financial Markets practice where he advises companies on current financial instruments issues and the application of accounting standards. Prior to this role, Nick was a Practice Fellow on the financial instruments team at the FASB, where he helped lead the hedge accounting and recognition and measurement projects.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The SEC has released a proposal to promote consistent, comparable, and reliable ESG disclosures by investment funds and advisors. This week, Heather Horn was joined by Pete Driscoll, a partner in PwC’s National Office and former SEC Director of Examinations, to review and discuss important considerations on the proposal.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more about this proposal? Refer to the SEC’s proposed rule and related fact sheet or read our In brief.
Pete Driscoll is a partner in PwC’s National Office focusing on SEC regulations, reporting, and compliance. Prior to his role at PwC, Pete held several roles at the SEC, including Director of the Division of Examinations and Chief Risk and Strategy Officer.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month we are covering derivatives–a complicated area that generates numerous questions.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Bret Dooley and Chris Gerdau from PwC’s National Office to dive into the complexities of applying hedge accounting to foreign currency hedges.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Listen to other episodes in our derivative toolkit series Do I have a derivative? and Hedging debt with derivatives, and refer to our Derivatives and hedging and Financial statement presentation guides.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the financial instruments accounting leader. He has over 25 years of experience specializing in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Chris Gerdau is a partner in PwC’s National Office specializing in accounting for financial instruments and banking-related topics. Chris also conducts technical reviews of SEC filings and provides technical support to PwC’s practice offices. With over 25 years of experience, Chris’s client service expertise includes the banking, capital markets, and insurance industries.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In addition to the SEC’s climate disclosure proposal, there are two other global proposals that could impact US companies. This week, Heather Horn was joined by Andreas Ohl and Valerie Wieman, partners in PwC’s National Office, to review and discuss important considerations on the global proposals.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more about these proposals? Listen to our previous podcasts that provide perspective from the C-suite and a focus on SEC proposal implementation considerations. For more background on the CSRD proposal, listen to our podcast, Talking ESG: How new EU rules may impact your reporting.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. In addition to his US responsibilities, he leads the sustainability topic team for the PwC global network. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Valerie Wieman is PwC’s National Office Editor-in-chief. She is involved in the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a recent focus on ESG reporting. Prior to this role, she was part of PwC’s National Office SEC Services group, helping clients navigate SEC rules and regulations.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering derivatives–a complicated area that generates numerous questions.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Bret Dooley and Chip Currie from our National Office to dive into the complexities of accounting for hedges of debt.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Listen to the first episode in our derivative toolkit series, Do I have a derivative?, and refer to our Derivatives and hedging and Financial statement presentation guides. Stay tuned for more insightful episodes in the coming weeks.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the financial instruments accounting leader. He has over 25 years of experience specializing in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Chip Currie is a Partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial service clients on treasury-related matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
As thoughts turn to second quarter financial reporting, companies will be trying to navigate the impact of rapidly changing macroeconomic and geopolitical dynamics. This week Heather Horn sat down with Craig Stronberg and Zain Siddiqui, directors in PwC Intelligence, for a discussion about the significant forces currently impacting the business landscape.
In this episode you’ll hear:
Want to learn more? Check out some of our previous podcasts with PwC Intelligence: Crypto toolkit: Decoding central bank digital currencies, and COVID-19: How looking back will help business move forward.
Craig Stronberg leads the Business Acumen capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provides macroeconomic, sector, and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20 year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times. His focus has been on numerous areas, including counterintelligence, economic espionage, counterterrorism, cyber threats, political-military issues, special operations integration, and support for major events such as the Olympic Games.
Zain Siddiqui is a senior economist for PwC Intelligence with a specialty in macroeconomics and finance. He advises stakeholders and clients on the business implications of emerging macro and geopolitical vulnerabilities, and helps them shape business strategy. His research has appeared in books on international economic policy and macroeconomic journals.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts are available upon request. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering derivatives – a complicated area that generates numerous questions.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Bret Dooley and Chris Gerdau from our National Office to dive into how to identify derivatives, explaining how to navigate through the definition, scope exceptions, and embedded derivative analysis.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Refer to our Derivatives and hedging guide and our Financial statement presentation guide, and stay tuned for more insightful episodes in the coming weeks.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the financial instruments accounting leader. He has over 25 years of experience specializing in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. Bret focuses on emerging financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Chris Gerdau is a partner in PwC’s National Office specializing in accounting for financial instruments and banking-related topics. Chris also conducts technical reviews of SEC filings and provides technical support to PwC’s practice offices. With over 25 years of experience, Chris’s client service expertise includes the banking, capital markets, and insurance industries.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Response letters to the SEC’s climate disclosure proposal are in – thousands of them – and one of those letters is PwC’s own response. This week, Heather Horn was joined by Wes Bricker, PwC Vice Chair and Trust Solutions Co-Leader to discuss the contents of our letter to the SEC, and share further insights on our recommendations to the staff.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more about the SEC’s proposal? Listen to our previous podcasts that provide perspective from the C-suite, a closer look at governance, and a focus on implementation considerations. Also refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what?
Wes Bricker is PwC’s Vice Chair and Trust Solutions Co-Leader for the US and Mexico. In this role he oversees the largest Trust platform in the world, bringing together the firm’s combined Audit, ESG, Digital Assurance and Tax Reporting capabilities to best help clients as they seek to build trust with their stakeholders. As co-leader, Wes is responsible for the quality of service, excellence in the work performed by over 21,000 partners and staff, developing diverse teams and driving innovation.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering leasing–a multifaceted area that generates numerous questions.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Jillian Pearce and Marc Jerusalem from our National Office to dive into how to detect potential embedded leases in service or supply contracts and assess contract terms in the context of the leasing criteria.
In this episode, you will hear them discuss:
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcasts in our Leasing toolkit series on demystifying sale-leasebacks and build-to-suit arrangements, private company adoption and how to get lease measurements and modifications right.
Jillian Pearce is a Partner in PwC's National Office, providing advice on financial instruments and other technical accounting issues to power and utilities clients. She was a Professional Accounting Fellow in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC, and has over 15 years of auditing experience.
Marc Jerusalem is a Director in PwC’s National Office specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The SEC has published its widely anticipated proposal to enhance companies' climate-related disclosures. In addition to details regarding how management identifies, assesses, and manages climate-related risks and the related impact on financial metrics, the proposal calls for companies to provide information about how their boards provide oversight of climate-related matters.
This week, Heather Horn was joined by Joe Allanson, EVP, ESG Finance for Salesforce to discuss a preparer’s perspective on the SEC's proposal.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more about the SEC’s proposal? Listen to our previous podcasts that provide a closer look at governance, related investor perspectives, legal and regulatory perspectives, and a focus on implementation considerations. Also refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what?
Joe Allanson is an EVP, Finance ESG at Salesforce. Joe has over 18 years of experience serving in various finance and accounting management positions at Salesforce, including 14 years as Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller. Joe also sits on the advisory board to several universities.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering leasing–a multifaceted area that generates numerous questions.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Chad Soares and Marc Jerusalem from our National Office to breakdown the complexities of sale-leaseback transactions and build-to-suit lease arrangements.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcasts in our Leasing toolkit series on private company adoption and how to get lease measurements and modifications right.
Chad Soares is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on leasing and financing arrangements. He was a primary author of PwC’s Leases guide and continues to contribute to a variety of thought leadership related to leasing and financial instruments.
Marc Jerusalem is a Director in PwC’s National Office specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
On March 21, the SEC published a widely anticipated proposal to enhance companies' climate-related disclosures. In addition to details regarding how management identifies, assesses, and manages climate-related risks and the related impact on financial metrics, the proposal calls for companies to provide information about how their boards provide oversight of climate-related matters.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Brigham McNaughton, a managing director in PwC’s ESG practice, to discuss the challenges and opportunities companies face as they consider how to implement the SEC's climate disclosure proposal.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more about the SEC’s proposal? Listen to our previous podcasts that provide a closer look at governance, related investor perspectives, and legal and regulatory perspectives. Also refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what?
Brigham McNaughton is a managing director in PwC’s ESG practice. He has served global clients in a range of industries including utilities, automotive, and financial services, advising on core ESG strategy development and stakeholder engagement. Brigham has worked closely with the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board on a variety of reporting initiatives.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering leasing–a multifaceted area that generates numerous questions.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by C.J. Finn, a partner in PwC’s private company services group and Chad Soares and Marc Jerusalem from our National Office to discuss lessons learned and key judgments that need to be made for private company adoption.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcast in our Leasing toolkit on how to get lease measurements and modifications right. Also, see our flowchart to think through lease classification in our Leases guide.
C.J. Finn, PwC’s private company accounting change leader, has 18 years of experience working with public and private companies. He has advised large multinational clients on complex accounting areas, SEC reporting, system development, mergers and acquisitions, and purchase accounting and valuation.
Chad Soares is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on leasing and financing arrangements. He was a primary author of PwC’s Leases guide and continues to contribute to a variety of thought leadership related to leasing and financial instruments.
Marc Jerusalem is a Director in PwC’s National Office specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a frequent contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
On March 21, the SEC published a widely anticipated proposal to enhance companies' climate-related disclosures. In addition to details regarding how management identifies, assesses and manages climate-related risks and the related impact on financial metrics, the proposal calls for companies to provide information about how their boards provide oversight of climate-related matters.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by PwC’s Stephen Parker and Jamie Gamble, along with John White, a partner in the law firm Cravath, Swaine & Moore and former Director of the Division of Corporation Finance at the SEC, to focus on the governance aspects of the SEC's climate disclosure proposal.
In this episode, you will hear:
2:46 - Potential timelines for final rule adoption and effective dates
7:16 - The intent of the governance requirements in the climate disclosure proposal
15:24 - If the governance provisions represent a trend for future SEC proposals
25:45 - Reactions in the marketplace and how companies are navigating the “learning curve” around climate and governance
28:29 - Perspectives on where responsibility for climate governance and oversight should reside
41:42 - How board oversight of a well-defined ESG strategy allows companies to manage risks and drive success
47:32 - Final advice on where boards and companies should focus as they continue to prepare for a final rule
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcasts that provide an overview of the proposal, related investor perspectives, and legal and regulatory perspectives on the proposal.
Stephen Parker is a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, which strives to strengthen the connection between directors, executive teams, and investors by helping them navigate the evolving governance landscape. With more than 30 years of experience, Stephen has advised boards of directors on a variety of complex financial reporting matters. Stephen’s client service experience has included energy and utility companies, financial services companies, and nonprofits.
Jamie Gamble is a managing director in PwC's Trust Solutions practice with over 25 years of experience focused on corporate governance, cybersecurity, workforce, and ESG-related issues. Before joining PwC, he was a litigation partner at Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP.
John White is a partner at Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, and chair of that firm’s Corporate Governance and Board Advisory practice. He represents public companies on a variety of disclosure matters, including corporate governance, reporting, financings, and restatements. With over 50 years of experience, he previously served as the Director of the Division of Corporation Finance at the SEC and on the board of Financial Executives International. John is a current member of FASAC, and member of the Board of Trustees of the Practicing Law Institute where he also serves as chair of the audit committee.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected]
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we take a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering leasing–a multifaceted area that generates numerous questions.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Suzanne Stephani and Marc Jerusalem, Directors from PwC’s National Office, to discuss the accounting guidance for some of the primary measurement and lease modification judgments that need to be made.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcast, Full disclosure: Leases, and read our chapter on modification and remeasurement of a lease in our Leases guide.
Suzanne Stephani is a Director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions as well as the cash flow statement.
Marc Jerusalem is a Director in PwC’s National Office specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Rich Goode from PwC's ESG practice and Jillian Pearce from PwC's National Office to focus on the accounting and reporting for carbon offsets and renewable energy credits (RECs), including how they’re addressed in the SEC’s climate disclosure proposal.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Read our publication Accounting for your company’s zero-carbon future. And listen to our previous podcasts where we deep dive into GHG scope 1, scope 2, and scope 3.
Rich Goode is a principal in PwC's ESG practice where he assists clients in the technology, media, and telecommunications sectors navigate key environmental, social, and governance issues. Leveraging 30 years of experience, Rich also currently serves as an Adjunct Lecturer at Harvard University.
Jillian Pearce is a Partner in PwC's National Office, providing advice on financial instruments and other technical accounting issues to power and utilities clients. She was a Professional Accounting Fellow in the Office of the Chief Accountant at the SEC, and has over 15 years of auditing experience.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering income taxes–an area that generates numerous technical questions.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Jenn Spang and Matt McCann, partners in PwC’s National Office, to discuss valuation allowances, an often challenging topic that contains multiple decision points and requires ongoing evaluation.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to the previous podcasts in our Tax toolkit in which we discuss how to consider uncertain tax positions, separate company financial statements, divestitures, and the scope of ASC 740. Also, refer to the chapter on valuation allowances in our Income taxes guide.
Jenn Spang is a partner in PwC’s National Office and serves as the income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Matt McCann is a partner in PwC's National Office who provides consultation in the areas of revenue recognition and income taxes. He has over 25 years of experience and previously served as the leader of the Consumer & Industrial Products Sector Assurance Practice in North Texas.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In recent months, regulators and standard setters around the globe have published proposed rules addressing companies' climate-related and other ESG disclosures. These proposals have investors in mind and could impact future reporting for many companies.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by PwC’s Hilary Eastman, Director of Investor Engagement, and Matt DiGiuseppe, a Managing Director in PwC's Governance Insights Center, to focus on the “big three” recent disclosure proposals from the SEC, the ISSB and EFRAG.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcasts covering GHG Scope 1, Scope 2, and Scope 3 emissions. Also, read PwC’s US investor survey: The economic realities of ESG. For more on the SEC’s proposal, refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what?
Hilary Eastman leads global investor engagement at PwC and is an ESG reporting strategy expert, with responsibility for managing the firm’s relationships with the investment community in the UK and globally. In her role, Hilary works with investors and analysts to get their views on a variety of corporate reporting and governance matters to help companies improve their reporting to the capital markets.
Matt DiGiuseppe is a Managing Director in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, which helps stakeholders navigate the evolving governance landscape. With over 15 years of experience, Matt has participated in numerous industry groups and was the founding chairperson of the Investor Stewardship Group (ISG), which advanced a set of corporate governance and stewardship principles for the US market.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering income taxes–an area that generates numerous technical questions.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Jenn Spang and Matt McCann, partners in PwC’s National Office, to discuss the specific fact patterns that often cause preparers to question which guidance to apply to their tax transaction.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to the previous podcasts in our Tax toolkit in which we discuss how to work with uncertain tax positions, separate company financial statements, and divestitures. Also, refer to our chapter on Scope of ASC 740 in our Income taxes guide.
Jenn Spang is a partner in PwC’s National Office and serves as the income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Matt McCann is a partner in PwC's National Office who provides consultation in the areas of revenue recognition and income taxes. He has over 25 years of experience and previously served as the leader of the Consumer & Industrial Products Sector Assurance Practice in North Texas.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
On March 21, the SEC published a widely anticipated proposed rule addressing companies’ climate-related disclosures. Among them are new disclosures related to greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. While not all companies will need to disclose Scope 3, companies will still need an understanding of Scope 3 volume and sources to determine whether they meet the disclosure threshold.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Rich Goode, principal in PwC’s ESG practice, to take a deeper dive into a few of the key issues and questions that registrants may have when measuring and reporting GHG Scope 3.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcast, Getting smarter on GHG emissions: Scope 1 and Scope 2. Also, read the related GHG Corporate Value Chain Accounting and Reporting Standard on Scope 3 emissions. For more on the SEC’s proposal, refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what?
Rich Goode is a principal in PwC's ESG practice where he assists clients in the technology, media, and telecommunications sectors navigate key environmental, social, and governance issues. Leveraging 30 years of experience, Rich also currently serves as an Adjunct Lecturer for Harvard University.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering income taxes–an area that generates numerous technical questions.
Companies prepare separate financial statements of subsidiaries for various reasons, such as spin offs, regulatory requirements, or compliance with debt covenants. In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Jenn Spang and Matt McCann, partners in PwC’s National Office, to discuss the accounting guidance for income tax provisions in separate company financial statements.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcasts, Working with uncertain tax positions, and read about separate company financial statements in our Income taxes guide.
Jenn Spang is a partner in PwC’s National Office and serves as the income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Matt McCann, is a partner in PwC's National Office who provides consultation in the areas of revenue recognition and income taxes. He has over 25 years of experience and previously served as the leader of the Consumer & Industrial Products Sector Assurance Practice in North Texas.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
On March 21, the SEC published a widely anticipated proposed rule addressing companies’ climate-related disclosures. One of the disclosures that would be required under the proposal is greenhouse gas (GHG) Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions, as defined in the GHG Protocol.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Rich Goode, principal in PwC’s ESG practice, to take a deeper dive into a few of the key issues and questions that registrants may have when measuring and reporting GHG scopes 1 and 2, as required by the proposal.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Refer to the text or audio version of our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what? and read the proposed rules, The Enhancement and Standardization of Climate-Related Disclosures for Investors, as well as the related fact sheet.
Rich Goode is a principal in PwC's ESG practice where he assists clients in the technology, media, and telecommunications sectors navigate key environmental, social, and governance issues. Leveraging 30 years of experience, Rich also currently serves as an Adjunct Lecturer for Harvard University.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering income taxes–a multifaceted area that generates numerous technical questions.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Jenn Spang and Kassie Bauman from PwC’s National Office to discuss the accounting guidance for divestitures, focusing on some of the primary judgments.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcast, Working with uncertain tax positions, and read about how a disposal impacts Valuation allowances in our Income taxes guide.
Jenn Spang is a partner in PwC’s National Office and serves as the income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Kassie Bauman is a managing director in PwC's National Office who consults on tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. Kassie has more than 20 years of auditing and accounting experience, including significant experience addressing complex technical accounting matters as part of the firm’s National Office.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The landscape of ESG reporting is moving quickly. While numerous proposals are currently in play both in the US and abroad to make climate-related disclosures mandatory, there remains a significant investor impetus for broader, voluntary ESG disclosures.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Eelco van der Enden, CEO of the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI), and Andreas Ohl, a partner in PwC’s National Office, to discuss the latest global standard-setting developments, as well as an update on GRI’s collaboration with the IFRS Foundation.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more?
Eelco van der Enden is the CEO of the Global Reporting Initiative. Prior to this role, Eelco led PwC’s global ESG platform for the Tax & Legal and People Services, and PwC's Tax Administration Consulting practice. Eelco is also Chairman of the Tax Policy Group of Accountancy Europe, and has published multiple articles on tax governance and reporting.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering income taxes–a multifaceted area that generates numerous technical questions.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Jennifer Spang and Kassie Bauman from PwC’s National Office to discuss the accounting guidance for uncertain tax positions, focusing on some of the primary judgments that need to be made.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcast, Uncertain tax positions: the basics, and read our chapter on Accounting for uncertainty in income taxes in our Income taxes guide.
Jennifer Spang is a partner in PwC’s National Office and serves as the income tax accounting leader, specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Kassie Bauman is a managing director in PwC's National Office who consults on tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. Kassie has more than 20 years of auditing and accounting experience, including significant experience addressing complex technical accounting matters as part of the firm’s National Office.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
While market participants continue to discuss the potential impact of the SEC’s proposed climate disclosure rules, companies are currently receiving comment letters under existing SEC climate disclosure guidance.
In this episode, Heather Horn and Valerie Wieman, partners in PwC’s National Office, bring you an audio version of our In the loop on the existing guidance, including:
Refer also to the print version, Don’t wait until the SEC staff asks you about climate change. For more on the proposed guidance, refer to our publication, The SEC wants me to disclose what? The SEC’s climate disclosure proposal. Also, listen to our previous podcasts giving you a closer look at the proposal, along with legal and regulatory perspectives.
Valerie Wieman is PwC’s National Office Editor-in-chief. She is involved in the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a recent focus on ESG reporting. Prior to this role, she was part of PwC’s National Office SEC Services group, helping clients navigate SEC rules and regulations.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and deeper into areas that require judgment. This month, we have covered digital assets–from the overall landscape to the accounting and reporting impacts.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Craig Stronberg and Nataly Yackanich, directors in PwC’s Intelligence group, to wrap our crypto series with a discussion of central bank digital currencies (CBDCs).
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcasts in the Crypto toolkit series, Getting smarter on digital assets, Accounting for holding digital assets, and Transacting using digital assets. Also, read our Crypto assets guide, and check out our recent publication on new SEC rules for crypto-assets.
Nataly Yackanich is the lead financial services analyst for PwC Intelligence. She advises stakeholders on the business implications of emerging issues in the financial services industry. She is a CFA charterholder with significant buy- and sell-side experience covering multiple industries, including financial services, industrials, and technology.
Craig Stronberg leads the Business Acumen capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provides macroeconomic, sector, and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20 year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times. His focus has been on numerous areas, including counterintelligence, economic espionage, counterterrorism, cyber threats, political-military issues, special operations integration, and support for major events such as the Olympic Games.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts avai
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In December 2021, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) published a widely anticipated “two pillar” model rule for domestic implementation of a 15% global minimum tax.
Heather Horn was joined by Jennifer Spang, PwC National Office partner, and Pat Brown, PwC’s Washington National Tax Services Co-Leader, to discuss the challenges and taxation implications of the OECD model rule, along with considerations for how companies can prepare.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Read the proposed rules, commentary, and illustrative examples. Also, listen to our previous podcast, What global tax initiatives could mean for your company.
Jennifer Spang is PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Pat Brown is PwC’s Washington National Tax Services Co-Leader. Prior to joining PwC, he spent 16 years in the private sector, including a role as the director of tax policy for a Fortune 50 company. Pat has also served in the US Treasury’s Office of Tax Policy as an attorney-advisor and as Associate International Tax Counsel.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
On March 21, the SEC published a widely anticipated proposal to enhance companies’ climate-related disclosures.
In our third episode on the SEC's proposal, Heather Horn was joined by Kyle Moffatt, partner in PwC’s National Office, and John White, who is a partner in the law firm Cravath, Swaine & Moore and former Director of the Division of Corporation Finance at the SEC. Heather, Kyle, and John take a deeper dive into some of the key accounting, legal, and regulatory questions that registrants may have.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Read the proposed rules: The Enhancement and Standardization of Climate-Related Disclosures for Investors, the related fact sheet, and our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what? The SEC’s climate disclosure proposal. Also, listen to our previous special episodes, The new SEC climate proposal, and SEC climate proposal: A closer look.
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. He joined PwC in 2020 after spending almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
John White is a partner at Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, and chair of that firm’s Corporate Governance and Board Advisory practice. He represents public companies on a variety of disclosure matters, including corporate governance, reporting, financings, and restatements. With over fifty years of experience, he previously served as the Director of the Division of Corporation Finance at the SEC and on the board of Financial Executives International. John is a current member of FASAC, and member of the Board of Trustees of Practising Law Institute where he also serves as chair of the audit committee.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering digital assets–from the total landscape to the accounting and reporting impacts.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Beth Paul, Kevin Jackson, and Reto Micheluzzi, to discuss the accounting models for holding crypto.
In this episode, you will find:
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcast in the Crypto toolkit series, Getting smarter on digital assets, and read our chapters on Holding crypto assets, crypto fair value measurement. Also check out our recent publication on new SEC rules for crypto-assets.
Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. Prior to this role, Beth was the Strategic Thought Leader in PwC’s National office, working closely with firm leadership to determine PwC’s position on emerging trends in auditing, accounting, and financial reporting matters.
Kevin Jackson is a director in PwC’s Capital Markets Accounting Advisory Services practice with over ten years of experience assisting clients with complex accounting and financial reporting issues. Kevin is also a member of the AICPA's Digital Assets Working Group, which provides interpretive guidance on how to account for digital assets.
Reto Micheluzzi is a partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience solving companies’ most complex accounting and financial reporting issues, creating a path through the dense regulatory framework and bodies of rules. He has a deep understanding of the demands associated with today’s accounting complexities and potential SEC reporting issues, primarily related to M&A, consolidation, reorganizations, and income taxes.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
On March 21, the SEC published a widely anticipated proposed rule addressing companies’ climate-related disclosures.
In our second episode on the proposal, Heather Horn was joined by Kyle Moffatt and Valerie Wieman, partners in PwC’s National Office, to take a deeper dive into a few of the key issues and questions that registrants may have.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Read the proposed rules to Enhance and Standardize Climate-Related Disclosures for Investors, the related fact sheet, and our In the loop, The SEC wants me to disclose what? The SEC’s climate proposal. Also, refer to our recently updated In the loop, which now includes SEC comments under the existing climate rules, and listen to our previous special episode, The new SEC climate proposal.
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. He joined PwC in 2020 after spending almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Valerie Wieman is PwC’s National Office Editor-in-chief. She is involved in the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a recent focus on ESG reporting. Prior to this role, she was part of PwC’s National Office SEC Services group, helping clients navigate SEC rules and regulations.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering digital assets–from the total landscape to the accounting and reporting impacts.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Vikram Panjwani, a partner in PwC’s Digital Assurance and Transparency practice, to discuss the history, evolution, and current state of digital assets.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to our previous podcast, Cryptocurrency? Digital asset? What’s the accounting?, read our recent publication on new SEC rules for crypto-assets, and read our Crypto assets guide.
Vikram Panjwani is a partner in PwC’s Digital Assurance and Transparency practice with over 20 years of experience helping clients address internal control, technology, and operational issues. He leverages assurance and controls assessments to help clients transform operations, reduce technology risks, and prepare for what’s around the corner.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In the last of our four-episode series covering the implications of the war in Ukraine, we focus on accounting considerations for indirect impacts of the conflict, such as those related to customers.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Angela Fergason and Bret Dooley, partners in PwC’s National Office, to discuss some of the specific, but indirect, accounting topics and questions companies should consider.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Check out our previous podcasts covering the geopolitical implications of the war in Ukraine, an overview of the current state of sanctions, and accounting for impacted operations. Also read our publication, Implications of the Russian government's invasion of Ukraine.
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies. Angela is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Bret Dooley is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the financial instruments accounting leader, with over 25 years of experience specializing in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. He focuses on emerging financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In the third of four episodes covering the implications of the war in Ukraine, we focus on accounting considerations for operations that have been impacted by the conflict.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Jay Seliber and Reto Micheluzzi, partners in PwC’s National Office, to discuss some of the specific accounting topics and questions companies may need to consider.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Check out our previous podcasts covering the geopolitical implications of the war in Ukraine and an overview of the current state of sanctions, and read our publication, Implications of the Russian government's invasion of Ukraine.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative to the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Reto Micheluzzi is a partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience solving companies’ most complex accounting and financial reporting issues, creating a path through the dense regulatory framework and bodies of rules. He has a deep understanding of the demands associated with today’s accounting complexities and potential SEC reporting issues, primarily related to M&A, consolidation, reorganizations, and income taxes.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In the second of four episodes covering the implications of the war in Ukraine, we focus on understanding the nature of sanctions that have been imposed on Russia, and their implications for businesses.
Heather Horn was joined by Eric Lorber, a principal in PwC’s Cyber, Risk & Regulatory Consulting Solutions practice and Jeannette Chu, a Managing Director in PwC’s Export Controls and Trade Sanctions group, who took a deep dive into US and other government sanctions, with some important insights for finance professionals to consider.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Check out our previous podcast covering the geopolitical implications of the war in Ukraine.
Eric Lorber is a Principal in PwC’s Cyber, Risk, & Regulatory practice who advises financial institutions, fintech firms, and other global clients on issues related to compliance with sanctions, anti-money laundering, and anti-terrorism financing rules. Prior to joining PwC, he was a senior advisor to the Undersecretary for Terrorism and Financial Intelligence at the United States Department of the Treasury.
Jeannette Chu is a Managing Director in PwC’s Export Controls and Trade Sanctions group, helping companies address compliance risks and challenges. She was formerly a senior US diplomat with leadership positions at the US mission in China for over twelve years, serving as the key subject matter expert on a broad range of complex policy issues, including strategic trade, export controls, and immigration.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In the first of four episodes covering the implications of the war in Ukraine, we focus on the geopolitical and macroeconomic impacts that are likely to occur as the conflict continues.
Heather Horn was joined by Craig Stronberg, a director in PwC Intelligence, to take us through potential scenarios to expect in the near term.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Check out our previous podcasts with PwC Intelligence, Special episode: Geopolitical and economic outlook for 2022.
Craig Stronberg leads the Business Acumean capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provides macroeconomic, sector and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20 year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times. His focus has been on numerous areas, including counterintelligence, economic espionage, counterterrorism, cyber threats, political-military issues, special operations integration, and support for major events such as the Olympic Games.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering each of the five steps in the revenue recognition model.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Angela Fergason and Pat Durbin, partners in PwC’s National Office, to discuss step five of the model: recognizing revenue.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Read our chapter on Recognizing revenue in our Revenue guide.
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies. Angela is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the leader of the revenue and liabilities division. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
On March 21, the SEC published a widely anticipated proposed rule addressing companies’ climate-related disclosures.
Heather Horn was joined by Kyle Moffatt and Valerie Wieman, partners in PwC’s National Office, to discuss the main provisions of the proposal and a few of what could be challenging compliance requirements.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Read the proposed rules, Enhance and Standardize Climate-Related Disclosures for Investors, the related fact sheet, and our In brief, First look at the SEC's climate disclosure proposal. Also, refer to our recently updated In the loop which now includes SEC comments under the existing climate rules.
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. He joined PwC in 2020 after spending almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Valerie Wieman is PwC’s National Office Editor-in-chief. She is involved in the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a recent focus on ESG reporting. Prior to this role, she was part of PwC’s National Office SEC Services group, helping clients navigate SEC rules and regulations.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
On March 9, the SEC published a proposed rule addressing disclosures related to a company’s cybersecurity risk management, strategy, governance, and incidents.
Heather Horn was joined by Kyle Moffatt, a partner in PwC’s National Office, to discuss the potential impacts of the proposal and what could change in companies’ current reporting for cybersecurity.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Read the proposed rule on Cybersecurity Risk Management, Strategy, Governance, and Incident Disclosure.
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. He joined PwC in 2020 after spending almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering each of the five steps in the revenue recognition model.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Angela Fergason and Mike Coleman, partners in PwC’s National Office, to discuss step four of revenue recognition: allocating the transaction price.
In this episode, you will find:
Want to learn more?
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies. Angela is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 30 years of experience. He specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements. Prior to his time in National, Mike was an audit partner in the firm's NY Metro assurance practice serving technology clients. In addition, he has been one of the firm's represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Finance 2025 podcast series, we give listeners insight into the future of finance and the evolutionary road to get there. We’re asking: what will the modern finance organization look like in the year 2025?
This week, Heather Horn was joined by David Shebay, a partner in PwC’s Consulting Solutions practice, and Brigham McNaughton, a managing director in PwC’s ESG practice, to discuss how leading organizations are evolving their finance functions to respond to the challenges of ESG reporting.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Listen to some of our previous podcasts that cover the current finance transformation landscape, and hear an overview of upcoming ESG rules in Talking ESG: Demystifying the reporting landscape.
David Shebay is a partner in PwC’s Consulting Solutions practice, focused on serving clients in the US energy and chemicals sectors. David’s work includes CFO advisory, modern finance, and the intersection of ESG with finance and systems transformation. Prior to joining PwC, David served as CFO of a managed IT services company.
Brigham McNaughton is a managing director in PwC’s ESG practice. He has served global clients in a range of industries including utilities, automotive, and financial services, advising on core ESG strategy development and stakeholder engagement. Brigham has worked closely with the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) on a variety of reporting initiatives.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering each of the five steps in the revenue recognition model.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Angela Fergason and Alexandra Pascu from PwC’s National Office, to discuss step three of revenue recognition: determining the transaction price.
In this episode, you will find:
Want to learn more?
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies. Angela is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Alexandra Pascu is a director in PwC’s National Office with over 9 years of experience. She focuses on revenue recognition, software costs, stock-based compensation, and inventory. Prior to this role, Alexandra led audits of companies ranging from small emerging growth companies to public multinationals.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
PwC’s accounting podcast became a book club this week as Heather Horn was joined by Matt Mani and Paul Leinwand of PwC's Strategy&—co-authors of the book: Beyond Digital: How Great Leaders Transform Their Organizations and Shape the Future. Together they discuss seven imperatives of leadership that have enabled successful large-scale business transformations, and the lessons that today’s finance organizations can learn from these transformations.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? The Beyond Digital landing page has links to additional resources, reviews, and where to find the book.
Matt Mani is a partner for PwC’s Strategy& consulting practice. With over 29 years of experience, he focuses on helping companies achieve business model, cost, and performance transformations. He is the co-author of the book Beyond Digital: How Great Leaders Transform Their Organizations and Shape the Future, and multiple articles in Harvard Business Review and Strategy+business magazine.
Paul Leinwand is a thought leader on strategy, growth, and capability building for PwC’s Strategy& consulting practice. With over 24 years of experience, he has authored numerous books, as well as articles in the Harvard Business Review and Strategy+business magazine. He currently teaches at Kellogg School of Management as an Adjunct Professor of Strategy.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering each of the five steps in the revenue recognition model.
This week Heather Horn was joined by Angela Fergason and Mike Coleman, partners in PwC’s National Office, to discuss revenue step two: identifying the performance obligations. Angela and Mike share the key points to consider carefully, especially because this step dictates the units of account for the entire contract.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Read chapter 3, Identifying performance obligations, in our Revenue from contracts with customers guide.
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies. Angela is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 30 years of experience. Mike specializes in accounting for revenue and software arrangements and has served technology clients for much of his career. In addition, Mike has represented the firm on the AICPA Software Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Finance 2025 podcast series, we give listeners insight into the future of finance and the evolutionary road to get there. We’re asking: what will the modern finance organization look like in the year 2025?
This week, Heather Horn was joined by Kaiser Kaiserani, director in PwC’s finance transformation practice, to discuss how machine learning is becoming an integrative solution for some of the major challenges facing today's finance organizations.
In this episode, you will hear about:
Want to learn more? Listen to some of the previous podcasts in the Finance 2025 series where we discuss other key elements of transformation, such as how to realize the promise of automation, trends in ERP transformation, and how to leverage FP&A to drive business agility.
Kaiser Kaiserani is a Director in PwC’s Finance Transformation practice with over 15 years of experience at the intersection of Finance and Technology. With prior experience in industry in various roles such as accounting, FP&A and shared services, combined with over 10 years of Consulting experience, he brings both strategic and executional approach to his client engagements. Over the past 5 years, he has been focused on the digital strategy and transformation of the Finance function and most recently has been devoted to evangelizing Machine Learning to our Finance leaders at global companies.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Toolkit podcast series, we are taking a deep dive into one accounting topic each month that goes beyond the basics and into areas that require judgment. This month, we are covering each of the five steps in the revenue recognition model.
In this episode, Heather Horn was joined by Angela Fergason and Pat Durbin, partners in PwC’s National Office, to discuss step one of revenue recognition: identifying the contract. While it may appear straightforward, there are some judgments to be made and getting it right is critical for the rest of the revenue recognition process.
In this episode, you will find:
Want to learn more? Read Chapter 2 of our Revenue guide on scope and identifying the contract.
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies. Angela is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Pat Durbin is a partner in PwC’s National Office and has over 30 years of experience. He has expertise in financial reporting and extensive experience serving board, C-suite, and senior management level executives across a variety of industries and geographies both in the US and internationally.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Finance 2025 podcast series, we give listeners insight into the future of finance and the evolutionary road to get there. We’re asking: what will the modern finance organization look like in the year 2025?
This week, Heather Horn was joined by Satyen Popat, partner in PwC’s finance transformation practice, to discuss the key practices of a leading enterprise planning management (EPM) function, and how a well-designed process can deliver sustainable growth not only through data-driven assessments, but also by integrating the perspectives of multiple functions from across the business.
In this episode, you will hear about:
Want to learn more? Listen to previous podcasts in the Finance 2025 series where we discuss other key elements of transformation, including the importance of having people at the top of your transformation agenda, how to realize the promise of automation, and some of the latest trends in ERP transformation.
Satyen Popat is a partner in PwC’s finance transformation practice with over 15 years of experience in shared services, acquisition integration, and finance systems, including enterprise performance management and ERP strategy. He focuses on serving the technology sector and is part of PwC’s cloud and digital team.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Last year saw a historic volume of M&A transactions, and the trend has continued thus far in 2022, but will it continue?
This week, host Heather Horn was joined by John Potter and Chris Rhodes, partners in PwC’s Deals practice, to discuss current trends in the deals environment that are enabling companies to unlock value through transactions.
In this episode, you will hear:
Want to learn more? Watch a replay of the 2022 deals outlook webcast, take a quiz to find your dealmaking identity, and go deeper on how ESG can add value in M&A.
John Potter is a partner in PwC’s Deals practice with over 26 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He provides advice to corporate and private equity clients through M&As, divestitures, and joint ventures. He focuses on deal strategy, due diligence, deal terms and negotiation, integration, valuation, accounting and financial reporting, and risk management.
Chris Rhodes is a partner in PwC's Deals practice with over 13 years of experience. He provides commercial structuring, valuation, and accounting advice for a variety of transactions under both US GAAP and IFRS. He concentrates on delivering strategic transactions such as acquisitions, divestitures, and joint ventures, along with capital raising, capital restructuring, and other financial engineering, including risk management.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Finance 2025 podcast series, we give listeners insight into the future of finance and the evolutionary road to get there. We’re asking: what will the modern finance organization look like in the year 2025?
This week Heather Horn was joined by Jeff Mandler and Blake Cooper, partners in PwC’s finance transformation practice, to discuss how to leverage the latest technology to implement enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems in a holistic way that delivers growth capability across the business.
In this episode, you will find:
Want to learn more?
Jeff Mandler is a partner in PwC’s finance transformation practice with over 22 years of experience in large-scale transformations enabled by ERP. He focuses on serving the technology sector and is involved with addressing emerging accounting matters as part of PwC’s cloud and digital team.
Blake Cooper is a partner in PwC’s finance transformation practice with over 21 years of experience, focused on transformation initiatives for the energy, power, and utilities sector and utilizing his expertise in core finance process improvement and enterprise performance management.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This week Heather Horn was joined by Bret Dooley, Angela Fergason, and Jay Seliber, partners in PwC’s National Office, to discuss the FASB’s recently released guidance that is effective in 2022.
In this episode you’ll hear them discuss:
Bret Dooley is a partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience specializing in the financial services, banking, and capital markets industries. He focuses on emerging financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative to the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Finance 2025 podcast series, we give listeners a look at the future of finance and the evolutionary road to get there. We’re asking: what will the modern finance organization look like in the year 2025?
This week Heather Horn sat down with Debra Skorupka, a partner in PwC’s finance transformation practice, to discuss what companies with the shortest windows of time between the balance sheet date and filing of reports do differently that allows them to achieve quality results.
In this episode, you’ll find:
Want to learn more?
Debra Skorupka is a partner in PwC’s finance transformation practice. With over 18 years of client service experience, she advises on large-scale transformation projects that result from mergers/IPOs and other significant business changes. Debra leads the Finance & Infrastructure practice for the firm’s Technology, Media, and Telecommunications sector.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The first and most significant tranche of LIBOR tenors was retired as of December 31, 2021, officially marking the beginning of the end for the benchmark reference rate that in recent years became the focus of banking reform efforts by regulatory bodies around the globe.
This week Heather Horn was joined by Justin Keane and Nick Milone, partners in PwC’s Financial Markets practice, and Chip Currie, PwC National Office partner, to discuss the latest market and regulatory developments in the LIBOR transition as well as the related accounting guidance that was issued to facilitate the transition for preparers.
In this episode you’ll hear them cover:
Want to learn more?
Justin Keane is a partner in PwC’s Financial Markets practice. He has over 20 years of experience helping clients resolve issues related to pricing and risk management for derivatives and complex financial instruments across PwC’s leading multinational clients.
Nick Milone is a partner in PwC’s Financial Markets practice where he advises companies on current financial instruments issues and the application of accounting standards. Prior to this role, Nick was a Practice Fellow on the financial instruments team at the FASB, where he helped lead the hedge accounting and recognition and measurement projects.
Chip Currie is a Partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial service clients on treasury-related matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transc
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Inflation is not a new economic feature, but it has become more pronounced in recent months, causing central banks and businesses alike to carefully evaluate the path forward through a landscape of supply chain issues, labor shortages, and an ongoing global pandemic. This week Heather Horn sat down with David Shebay, PwC Consulting Solutions partner, to discuss the factors that remain in companies’ control in the midst of the ongoing uncertainty driven by inflation.
In this episode you’ll find:
Want to learn more?
David Shebay is a partner in PwC’s Consulting Solutions practice, focused on serving clients in the US energy and chemicals sectors. David’s work includes CFO advisory, modern finance, and the intersection of ESG with finance and systems transformation. Prior to joining PwC, David served as CFO of a managed IT services company.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, you’ll find something relevant to the year-end reporting process.
This week Heather Horn was joined by Michael Mullen, PwC’s US Trust Solutions Quality Management leader, to discuss the SEC’s guidance on financial statement materiality and error evaluations.
In this episode you’ll hear them discuss:
Want to learn more?
Michael Mullen is PwC’s US Trust Solutions Quality Management leader. In this role he oversees complex client issues, providing technical insights and expertise in support of overall quality. With over 30 years of client service experience, Michael has led numerous global client engagements.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
As the new year begins, management teams continue to look for ways to adeptly navigate changing macroeconomic and geopolitical pressures. This week Heather Horn sat down with Craig Stronberg and Zain Siddiqui, directors in PwC Intelligence, for a discussion about the significant forces expected to shape the business landscape in the year ahead.
In this episode you’ll find:
Want to learn more?
Craig Stronberg leads the Macro Capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provides macroeconomic and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20 year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times. His focus has been on numerous areas, including counterintelligence, economic espionage, counterterrorism, cyber threats, political-military issues, special operations integration, and support for major events such as the Olympic Games.
Zain Siddiqui, is a senior economist for PwC Intelligence with a specialty in macroeconomics and finance. He advises stakeholders and clients on the business implications of emerging macro and geopolitical vulnerabilities, and helps them shape business strategy. His research has appeared in books on international economic policy and macroeconomic journals.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, you’ll find something relevant to the year-end reporting process.
This week Heather Horn was joined by Stephen Parker, a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, to discuss the ways that financial reporting teams can effectively contemplate and manage their audit committee reporting and communications process for year end.
In this episode you’ll hear them discuss:
Want to learn more?
Stephen Parker is a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, which strives to strengthen the connection between directors, executive teams, and investors by helping them navigate the evolving governance landscape. With more than 30 years of experience, Stephen has advised boards of directors on a variety of complex financial reporting matters. Stephen’s client service experience has also included energy and utility companies, financial services companies, and nonprofits.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Finance 2025 podcast series, we give listeners a look at the future of finance and the evolutionary road to get there. We’re asking: what will the modern finance organization look like in the year 2025?
This week Heather Horn sat down with Tabitha DeFrancisco, partner in PwC’s finance transformation practice, to discuss the tools and technology elements that are already available to help companies modernize their finance functions.
In this episode you’ll find:
Want to learn more?
Tabitha DeFrancisco is a partner in PwC’s finance transformation practice. With over 15 years of client service experience, she advises leaders as they optimize the efficiency of their finance function and enhance the insights it provides to the business. Tabitha leads large-scale transformations to bring back-offices into the digital age. Her work focuses on consumer markets companies ranging from recent IPOs to the Fortune 50.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, you’ll find something relevant to the year-end reporting process.
This week Heather Horn was joined by Gerry Flynn, PwC’s National Office leader, to discuss a topic that can be a source of stress for preparers during the relatively short time between year end and year-end reporting: how to manage issues to resolution effectively.
In this episode you’ll hear them discuss:
Gerry also shares his perspective on managing through the current COVID-19 variant surge, and the need for contingency plans during this time.
Want to learn more?
Gerry Flynn is the leader of PwC’s National Office, overseeing the firm’s accounting, auditing, SEC, and other quality-related specialists. Prior to joining the National Office, Gerry spent nearly 30 years serving many of the firm’s largest clients in diverse industries, from entertainment and professional sports to life sciences, biotech, and pharmaceuticals.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Finance 2025 podcast series, we give listeners a look at the future of finance and the evolutionary road to get there. We’re asking: what will the modern finance organization look like in the year 2025?
This week Heather Horn sat down with Jim Berres, director in PwC’s finance transformation practice, to discuss the workforce-related elements when modernizing the finance function.
In this episode you’ll find:
Want to learn more?
Jim Berres is a director in PwC’s finance transformation practice. With more than 15 years' experience, Jim specializes in addressing financial and system process change. His experience includes working with clients to activate their cloud journey, upskill their people, and leverage new technologies to modernize their finance function.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, you’ll find something relevant to the year-end reporting process.
This week Heather Horn was joined by Chris Gerdau and Suzanne Stephani from PwC’s National Office to talk about key reminders on the statement of cash flows that preparers will want to keep in mind as they finalize their reporting.
In this episode you’ll hear them discuss:
Want to learn more?
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions as well as the cash flow statement.
Chris Gerdau is a partner in PwC’s National Office specializing in accounting for financial instruments and banking related topics. Chris also conducts technical reviews of SEC filings and provides technical support to PwC’s practice offices. With over 25 years of experience, Chris’s client service expertise includes the banking, capital markets, and insurance industries.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Finance 2025 podcast series, we give listeners a look at the future of finance and the evolutionary road to get there. We’re asking: what does the modern finance organization look like in the year 2025?
This week Heather Horn sat down with Ed Ponagai, PwC Partner and a Consulting Solutions leader, to set the stage and discuss what’s trending in finance transformation.
In this episode you’ll find:
Want to learn more?
Ed Ponagai is a PwC partner who leads large-scale back office transformations and merger integrations. He helps CFOs think through their organization’s big picture vision and purpose, and drill down to address organizational challenges, operational processes, and technological innovations.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our Year-end toolkit series, you’ll find something relevant to the year-end reporting process.
This week Heather Horn is joined by Beth Paul, Tom Barbieri, and Pat Durbin, who along with Heather serve as Deputy Chief Accountants in PwC’s National Office, as well as Kyle Moffatt, PwC SEC Services National Office Partner. Each guest highlights key areas to focus on during this reporting season, right up until the financial statements get finalized.
In this episode
2:38 - Business combinations, including ASU 2021-08 on contract assets and liabilities
9:49 - Equity method investment disclosures and the calculation of significance under Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X
14:06 - Income statement classification
17:48 - Stock based compensation accounting
25:53 - Statement of cash flows classifications
36:55 - SAB 74 disclosures
You’ll also hear an update on the SEC’s expected proposing release on climate and human capital disclosures. Want to learn more?
Read or listen to The quarter close - fourth quarter 2021
Listen to our podcast Special episode: New rules on acquired revenue contracts
Read Don’t wait until the SEC staff asks you about climate change and To GAAP or to non-GAAP COVID-19: What you should know
Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. Prior to this role, Beth was the Strategic Thought Leader in PwC’s National office, working closely with firm leadership to determine PwC’s position on emerging trends in auditing, accounting, and financial reporting matters.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the leader of the revenue and liabilities division. He has over 30 years of experience consulting with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Tom Barbieri is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the financial instruments accounting leader. He has over 30 years of experience advising clients on complex accounting and financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments. During Tom’s tenure in the National Office, he has been at the forefront of emerging accounting issues and has regular interactions with the FASB, SEC, and other regulators and standard setters.
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. He joined PwC in April 2020 after spending almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Transcr
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Talking ESG podcast series, we give an end-to-end look at what it takes to build effective ESG reporting in today’s environment. From investor to stakeholder expectations, from global frameworks to data, process, and controls—there’s something in it for everyone.
This week Heather Horn sat down with Brigham McNaughton, a managing director in PwC’s ESG practice, to discuss a topic that’s top of mind for many preparers: data quality and the processes needed to produce investment-grade ESG reporting.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Brigham McNaughton is a managing director in PwC’s ESG practice. He has served global clients in a range of industries including utilities, automotive, and financial services, advising on core ESG strategy development and stakeholder engagement. Brigham has worked closely with the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) on a variety of reporting initiatives.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our What’s trending in SEC comments series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance for the most common topical areas of financial reporting.
This week we focus on non-GAAP measures. Kyle Moffatt, a partner in PwC’s National Office, joined Heather Horn to break down some of the questions raised in these comments, giving you a deeper understanding of the SEC staff’s expectations, as well as context and insights into the non-GAAP rules.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. He joined PwC in April 2020 after spending almost 20 years with the SEC.
Transcripts available upon r
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Talking ESG podcast series, we give an end-to-end look at what it takes to build effective ESG reporting in today’s environment. From investor to stakeholder expectations, from global frameworks to data, process, and controls—there’s something in it for everyone.
This week Heather Horn sat down with Shannon Schuyler, PwC US Chief Purpose & Inclusion Officer, to discuss the evolution of PwC’s ESG reporting and how companies can decide what and where to report.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Shannon Schuyler is PwC’s US Chief Purpose & Inclusion Officer. Shannon’s work activates PwC’s purpose to build trust in society and solve important problems and to create a fulfilling employee experience. Shannon is responsible for furthering diversity, inclusion, and equity across the firm’s workforce, as well as bringing a focus to the role PwC plays in our communities. She also serves as Co-Chair of CEO Action for Diversity & Inclusion, the largest CEO-driven business commitment to advance diversity and inclusion.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our What’s trending in SEC comments series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance for the most common topical areas of financial reporting.
This week we focus on MD&A. Ryan Spencer, a partner in PwC’s National Office, joined Heather Horn to break down some of the questions raised in these comments, giving you a deeper understanding of the SEC staff’s expectations, as well as context and insights into the MD&A rules.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Ryan Spencer is a Partner at PwC's National Office specializing in SEC financial reporting. He has over 20 years of experience serving clients and is a frequent contributor to PwC’s publications and communications.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected]
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The 2021 AICPA & CIMA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments included panels and speeches from a variety of market participants, many that addressed recent and expected change on many fronts of the financial reporting landscape. Heather Horn was joined by Angela Fergason and Kyle Moffatt, National Office partners, to discuss key takeaways from this year’s conference.
Topics :
Want to learn more?
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office specializing in the accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She also consults on a range of financial reporting issues impacting technology companies. Angela is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. He joined PwC in April 2020 after spending almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry.
Transcripts available upon request f
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Talking ESG podcast series, we give an end-to-end look at what it takes to build effective ESG reporting in today’s environment. From investor to stakeholder expectations, from global frameworks to data, process, and controls—there’s something in it for everyone.
This week Heather Horn sat down with Brigham McNaughton, a managing director in PwC’s ESG practice, to discuss ESG reporting with a focus on the standards of the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB).
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Brigham McNaughton is a managing director in PwC’s ESG practice. He has served global clients in a range of industries including utilities, automotive, and financial services, advising on core ESG strategy development and stakeholder engagement. Brigham has worked closely with the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB) on a variety of reporting initiatives.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Talking ESG podcast series, we give an end-to-end look at what it takes to build effective ESG reporting in today’s environment. From investor to stakeholder expectations, from global frameworks to data, process, and controls—there’s something in it for everyone.
This week Heather Horn sat down with Steve Bochanski, PwC’s Climate Risk Modeling leader, to discuss ESG reporting with a focus on the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and how it may affect your company.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Steve Bochanski leads PwC's US Climate Risk Modeling team, comprising actuaries, financial engineers, and climate scientists, and other actuarial activities in the ESG space. He also leads PwC’s Actuary of the Future initiative globally, focusing on actuarial modernization, upskilling, and corporate risk modeling beyond the insurance sector.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals w
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our What’s trending in SEC comments series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance for the most common topical areas of the financial statements.
This week we focus on debt, warrants, and equity. Tom Barbieri, a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office, and John Horan, Managing Director in PwC’s National Office, joined Heather Horn to break down some of the questions raised in these comments, giving you a deeper understanding of the SEC staff’s expectations, as well as context and insights into the GAAP requirements.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Listen to our previous comment letter podcasts: Revenue: What’s trending in SEC comments, Goodwill: What’s trending in SEC comments, and Inventory and cost of sales: What’s trending in SEC comments, Segment reporting: What’s trending in SEC comments
Financial statement presentation guide: Chapter 5: Stockholders’ Equity, Chapter 12: Debt, Chapter 19: Derivatives and Hedging
Transcripts available upon request for indi
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Talking ESG podcast series, we give an end-to-end look at what it takes to build effective ESG reporting in today’s environment. From investor to stakeholder expectations, from global frameworks to data, process, and controls—there’s something in it for everyone.
This week Heather Horn sat down with Kyle Moffatt, PwC National Office partner, and Sheri Wyatt, a partner in PwC’s ESG practice and Diversity leader for Trust Solutions, to help listeners gain a better understanding of the current landscape at the SEC related to ESG reporting and how it may affect your company.
Topics include:
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. He joined PwC in 2020 after spending almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Sheri Wyatt is a partner in PwC’s sustainability practice and also serves as the diversity leader for the US Assurance line of service. She has over 20 years of experience advising companies on the adoption of new accounting and financial reporting standards, from assessing current state through operationalizing compliance with new standards and policies.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our What’s trending in SEC comments series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance for the most common topical areas of the financial statements.
This week we focus on segment reporting. Matt Sabatini and Reto Micheluzzi, PwC National Office partners, joined Heather Horn to break down some of the questions raised in these comments, giving you a deeper understanding of the SEC staff’s expectations, as well as context and insights into the GAAP requirements.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office.
Reto Micheluzzi is a partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience solving his clients’ most complex accounting and financial reporting issues, creating a path through the dense regulatory framework and bodies of rules. He has a deep understanding of the demands associated with today’s accounting complexities and potential SEC reporting issues, primarily related to M&A, consolidation, reorganizations, and income taxes.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Talking ESG podcast series, we give an end-to-end look at what it takes to build effective ESG reporting in today’s environment. From investor to stakeholder expectations, from global frameworks to data, process, and controls—there’s something in it for everyone.
This week Heather Horn sat down with Eelco van der Enden, PwC’s Global ESG Tax & Legal Services platform leader and newly-appointed CEO of the Global Reporting Initiative, to help listeners gain a deeper understanding of the standards produced by GRI.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Eelco van der Enden leads PwC’s global ESG platform for Tax & Legal and People Services and PwC's Tax Administration Consulting practice. He supports public and private sector organisations adjusting their tax operations to an ESG focused economy. Eelco is a member of the global board of directors of GRI and was a co-writer of the GRI 207: Tax standard. Eelco is also Chairman of the Tax Policy Group of Accountancy Europe, member of the EU GTG Committee and has published more than 50 articles on tax governance and reporting. Effective January 1, 2022, Eelco will join GRI as CEO.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our What’s trending in SEC comments series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance for the most common topical areas of the financial statements.
This week we focus on inventory, cost of sales, and income statement presentation. Pat Durbin, PwC National Office Partner, joined Heather Horn to break down some of the questions raised in these comments, giving you a deeper understanding of the SEC staff’s expectations, as well as context and insights into the GAAP requirements.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Pat Durbin is a partner in PwC’s National Office. Pat is a partner in PwC’s Assurance National Office and has over 30 years of experience. He has expertise in financial reporting and extensive experience serving board, C-suite, and senior management level executives across a variety of industries and geographies both in the US and internationally.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requ
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Talking ESG podcast series, we give an end-to-end look at what it takes to build effective ESG reporting in today’s environment. From investor to stakeholder expectations, from global frameworks to data, process, and controls—there’s something in it for everyone.
This week Heather Horn sat down with Valerie Wieman and Andreas Ohl, PwC National Office partners, to help listeners sort through the volume of organizations focused on ESG reporting and provide an overview of the current landscape and the changes to come.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Valerie Wieman is PwC’s National Office Editor-in-chief. She is involved in the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership, with a recent focus on ESG reporting. Prior to this role, she was part of PwC’s National Office SEC Services group, helping clients navigate SEC rules and regulations.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected]
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
This week we have a special episode focused on the FASB’s new guidance related to contract assets and contract liabilities (i.e., deferred revenue) acquired in a business combination (ASU 2021-08). Host Heather Horn is joined by Andreas Ohl and Jay Seliber, PwC National Office partners, to talk about key changes and considerations in the new rules, and the timing of adoption.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our In depth: Accounting for acquired contract assets and contract liabilities.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative to the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our What’s trending in SEC comments series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the SEC’s Division of Corporation Finance for the most common topical areas of the financial statements.
This week we focus on goodwill. Jay Seliber, PwC National Office Partner, joined Heather Horn to break down some of the questions raised in these comments, giving you a deeper understanding of the SEC staff’s expectations, as well as context and insights into the GAAP requirements.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative to the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Talking ESG podcast series, we give an end-to-end look at what it takes to build effective ESG reporting in today’s environment. From investor to stakeholder expectations, from global frameworks to data, process, and controls—there’s something in it for everyone.
This week Heather Horn sat down with Nadja Picard, PwC’s Global Reporting Leader, and Andreas Ohl, PwC National office partner, to discuss ESG reporting with a focus on the European Commission’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive or CSRD, and how it may impact companies outside the EU (including US companies that do business in Europe).
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Nadja Picard is PwC’s Global Reporting Leader. In this role she leads PwC’s global initiative to help clients transform their corporate reporting to meet investor and stakeholder demands for trusted and assured reporting beyond financial reporting. Nadja also advises companies on the accounting, corporate reporting, and investor relations requirements in advance of capital markets transactions, especially IPOs.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on thought leadership, standard setting, and mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry.
Transcripts a
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In each episode of our What’s trending in SEC comments series, our guests bring you the latest themes in comment letters from the Division of Corporation Finance for the most common topical areas of the financial statements.
This week we focus on revenue. Angela Fergason, PwC National Office partner, joined Heather Horn to break down the questions raised in SEC comments, giving you a deeper understanding of the SEC staff’s expectations and context and insights into the GAAP requirements.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Listen to Angela’s other podcast episodes on revenue, including Full disclosure: Revenue, Identifying performance obligations: PwC breaks it down, and Variable consideration: How it impacts your top and bottom line.
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Talking ESG podcast series, we give an end-to-end look at what it takes to build effective ESG reporting in today’s environment. From investor expectations, to global frameworks, to data, process, and controls—there’s something in it for everyone.
This week Heather Horn sat down with Hilary Eastman, Director of Investor Engagement at PwC, to digest the results of the 2021 Global investor ESG survey.
Topics include:
Hilary Eastman leads global investor engagement at PwC and is an ESG reporting strategy expert, with responsibility for managing the firm’s relationships with the investment community in the UK and globally. In her role, Hilary works with investors and analysts to get their views on a variety of corporate reporting and governance matters to help companies improve their reporting to the capital markets.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on the presentation and disclosure requirements for commitments and contingencies. Jay Seliber, PwC National Office partner, is back in the guest seat to share helpful insights and key reminders with our host, Heather Horn.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative to the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Talking ESG podcast series, we will give an end-to-end look at what it takes to build effective ESG reporting in today’s environment. From investor expectations, to global frameworks, to data, process, and controls—there’s something in it for everyone.
In this week’s episode, Heather Horn sat down with Casey Herman, PwC’s US ESG leader, to talk through the current landscape of ESG reporting and how an in-depth understanding of your business’s purpose, strategy, and stakeholders can empower your messaging.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Check out our ESG: What finance teams need to know webcast, and hear more from Casey in his earlier podcast Forecast 2021: The “E” in ESG, spotlight on achieving net zero.
Casey Herman is PwC’s US ESG Leader. Casey has over 35 years of experience leading and working on the audits of many significant, complex clients and is a member of the Edison Electric Institute's Wall Street Advisory Group, the Electric Power Research Institutes Advisory Council, and the NYU Stern Business School Center for Sustainable Business Advisory Council.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With the ever changing landscape of accounting practice, the FASB and IASB periodically request feedback from stakeholders to assist the boards prioritizing their standard-setting efforts. This week, Andreas Ohl, a partner in PwC’s National Office, and Gary Berchowitz, a partner in PwC’s global IFRS technical accounting group, join our host Heather Horn to help unpack what respondents were focused on in each respective consultation.
Topics include:
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Gary Berchowitz is a partner in PwC’s Global Accounting Consultancy Department. Gary brings more than 17 years of financial accounting experience, working to drive quality and connectivity throughout the PwC network and help local teams solve complex accounting issues in a practical way. Gary contributes to the firm’s global view on a variety of financial reporting matters.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this week’s episode we are taking a deep dive into current legislative developments, specifically the tax-related changes that may be on the horizon. Rohit Kumar, co-leader of PwC’s Washington National Tax Services practice, joins host Heather Horn to provide his perspective on anticipated developments. Tax leaders are already scenario planning - we break it down so CFOs can do the same.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Rohit Kumar is co-leader of PwC’s Washington National Tax Services practice. In this role, he advises clients on all aspects of domestic policy, including tax policy. His insights and knowledge enable companies to assess critical policy issues more effectively and to develop legislative strategies to address those issues from both a technical and a political perspective.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on the presentation and disclosure requirements for segments. Jay Seliber, PwC National Office partner, is back in the guest seat to share helpful insights and key reminders with our host, Heather Horn.
Topics include:
Want to learn more?
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative to the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this week's episode we are exploring the current state of geopolitical forces that are shaping business today. Host Heather Horn sat down with Craig Stronberg, a former historian and current director in PwC Intelligence, and Christina Wobig, a senior manager in PwC Intelligence, to get some insight on the geopolitical landscape, trends, and ways to manage risk.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Check out PwC’s latest Trust in Business Survey and listen to Craig’s previous podcast, COVID-19: How looking back will help business move forward.
Craig Stronberg leads the Macro Capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provide macroeconomic and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20 year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times. He focused on a variety of areas, including counterintelligence, economic espionage, counterterrorism, cyber threats, political-military issues, special operations integration, and support for major events such as the Olympic Games.
Christina Wobig is a senior manager in PwC Intelligence with more than 15 years of experience working in strategy and commercial leadership roles in professional services and industry, including music, pharma, and education technology. She has worked on projects around the globe helping companies navigate geopolitical trends with strategic thinking.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_p
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on the presentation and disclosure requirements for business combinations. Jay Seliber, PwC National Office partner, is back in the guest seat to share some helpful insights with our host, Heather Horn.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read:
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative to the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
As much as we’d like to put COVID behind us—things are still unpredictable and businesses will need to continue to be agile. In this special episode of PwC’s accounting podcast, Bhushan Sethi, the joint global leader of PwC’s People & Organization practice, is back to discuss the results from PwC’s latest US Pulse Survey and how to translate what we found to your work environment.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Check out PwC’s latest US Pulse Survey.
Want to hear more from Bhushan? Check out a few of his previous podcasts:
Bhushan Sethi is a joint global leader of PwC’s People & Organization group, where he shapes and drives the firm’s global network strategy, delivering standalone and integrated solutions across strategy, management, technology, and tax consulting disciplines. Bhushan is a thought leader, public speaker, media spokesperson, and influencer on "future of work,” risk culture, workforce strategy, employee experience, and diversity & inclusion.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on equity method investments and consolidation matters—think majority interests and variable interest entities (VIEs). Matt Sabatini, PwC National Office partner, is back again to share helpful insights and key reminders.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our Financial statement presentation guide on equity method investments and consolidation. Or check out our Equity method investments and joint ventures and Consolidation guides for questions about accounting.
Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience helping clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With over 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In this special episode of PwC’s accounting podcast, Roz Brooks, PwC’s US Public Policy Leader, is back to discuss the latest in Washington—focusing on the current bipartisan infrastructure bill and budget reconciliation working its way through Congress, as well as other policy developments CFOs will want to know about.
Topics include:
Want to hear more? Check out some of Roz’s past podcasts:
And listen to our podcast from last week to hear more about how companies are dealing with current events: COVID-19: How looking back will help business move forward.
Roz Brooks is PwC's US Public Policy Leader. Roz is responsible for ensuring PwC has a voice in important debates at the nexus of business and government and helping the firm successfully execute its business strategy. Roz leads PwC’s engagement with Congress, the White House, regulatory agencies, state and local governments, and organizations including trade associations, think tanks, and NGOs.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on a lessee’s presentation and disclosure requirements for leases. Suzanne Stephani and Marc Jerusalem, PwC National Office directors, are back in the guest seats to share helpful insights and key reminders.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our guides for those who have adopted ASC 842 and those still applying ASC 840.
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing and leasing transactions as well as the cash flow statement.
Marc Jerusalem is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in leasing. Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a contributor to many related PwC National Office publications.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
As much as we’d like to put COVID behind us—things are still unpredictable and businesses will need to continue to be agile. This week we’re joined again by Chris Benko, PwC’s chief economist and leader of PwC Intelligence, and Craig Stronberg, a former historian and current Director in PwC Intelligence, for some insight on the impact of COVID-19 as compared to past crises and which lessons learned today may help companies in the future.
Topics include:
Want to hear more from PwC Intelligence? Check out some of our past podcasts:
Chris Benko is PwC’s US Senior Economist, providing the firm and its clients with economic analysis and commentary. Chris leads a team of business and sector analysts, economists, and data scientists, leveraging data and analytics to develop provocative points of view and inform strategic decision-making.
Craig Stronberg leads the Macro Capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provide macroeconomic and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20 year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times. He focused on numerous areas, including counterintelligence, economic espionage, counterterrorism, cyber threats, political-military issues, special operations integration, and support for major events such as the Olympic Games.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on presentation and disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedge accounting. Bret Dooley and Steve Halterman are in the guest seats to share helpful insights and key reminders.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our Derivatives and hedging guide for guidance on accounting questions and our Financial statement presentation guide for help with presentation and disclosure requirements.
Bret Dooley is a Partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience specializing in the financial services, banking and capital markets industries. He focuses on emerging financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments, developing interpretive guidance, and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters.
Steve Halterman is a Director in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience in auditing and accounting, with a focus on derivatives and hedging for the last 20 years. He assists clients with accounting issues for financial instruments, derivatives, hedging, and the statement of cash flows and contributes to PwC guidance and publications.
Heather Horn is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and leader of the thought leadership group, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Special-purpose acquisition companies (SPACs) have been around for some time, but in the last 24 months there have been an unprecedented number of companies going public via a SPAC transaction. In our Facts on SPACs mini-series, we cut through the noise to help you focus on some of the key issues relating to these transactions.
In the final episode of our six-part series on SPACs, Mike Bellin, PwC’s IPO Services co-leader, is back to wrap-up our deep dive into SPACs. Mike and Heather reflect on how the SPAC market has continued to evolve and key considerations as companies prepare for going public.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Explore our Roadmap for an IPO: A guide to going public and listen to all the other episodes from our “Facts on SPACs series”
Mike Bellin is a PwC Deals partner and co-leads PwC’s IPO Services practice. Mike focuses on IPOs, SPACs, accounting for carve-outs/spin-offs, purchase accounting, pro forma financial statements, stock compensation, the SEC registration process, and much more. In addition, he frequently advises on IPOs, helping his clients with their initial registration process and operational readiness.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@pwc
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on loans and receivables, including how the credit losses standard, with its current expected credit loss (CECL) model, changed the presentation and disclosure requirements. Tom Barbieri and Bret Dooley, PwC National Office partners, sat down with our host, Heather Horn, to share insights and reminders in the post-adoption world.
Topics include:
Want to hear more about CECL? Check out some of our past podcasts and videos:
Tom Barbieri is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the financial instruments accounting leader. He has nearly 30 years of experience advising clients on complex accounting and financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments. During Tom’s tenure in the National Office, he has been at the forefront of emerging accounting issues and has regular interactions with the FASB, SEC, and other regulators and standard setters.
Bret Dooley is a Partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience specializing in the financial services, banking and capital markets industries. He focuses on emerging financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Special-purpose acquisition companies (SPACs) have been around for some time, but in the last 24 months there have been an unprecedented number of companies going public via a SPAC transaction. In our Facts on SPACs mini-series, we cut through the noise to help you focus on some of the key issues relating to these transactions.
In episode five of our six-part series on SPACs, Heather is joined by Jay Seliber, PwC National Office partner, and John Horan, PwC National Office managing director, to talk through key accounting and reporting differences between private and public company financial statements and to share related insights and reminders.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Explore our Financial statement presentation guide for specific topics and listen to some of our past podcasts mentioned by Jay and John:
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative to the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
John Horan is a managing director in PwC’s National Office with almost 15 years of experience assisting clients with complex accounting issues. With particular expertise in foreign currencies, liabilities and equity, earnings per share, and derivatives and hedging, John uses his expertise to help companies with large capital transactions and IPOs.
Transcripts available upon request for indiv
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on the presentation and disclosure requirements for revenue. Angela Fergason is joining us again to break down revenue from contracts with customers and what needs to be included in your financial statements.
Topics include:
Want to hear more about revenue from Angela? Check out some of our past podcasts:
Also listen to Full disclosure: The balance sheet to learn more about balance sheet offsetting and see our Financial statement presentation guide for more details on presentation and disclosure for revenue.
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Special-purpose acquisition companies (SPACs) have been around for some time, but in the last 24 months there have been an unprecedented number of companies going public via a SPAC transaction. In our Facts on SPACs mini-series, we cut through the noise to help you focus on some of the key issues relating to these transactions.
In episode four of our six-part series on SPACs, Jay Seliber, PwC National Office partner, is back again. This time he’s explaining how to apply compensation guidance to certain arrangements common in a SPAC transaction.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our Stock-based compensation and Financial statement presentation guides. And listen to our podcast, Stock-based compensation issues in an IPO and SPAC, explained.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative to the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on the fair value disclosure requirements for other liabilities—specifically payables, contingencies, and asset retirement obligations (AROs). Pat Durbin and John Brittain are in the guest seats to share helpful insights and key reminders
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our Financial statement presentation guide on other liabilities and contingencies.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant, leading the revenue and liabilities division in PwC’s National Office. He has nearly 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
John Brittain is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 30 years of experience helping clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting considerations related to business combinations, as well as issues in the energy and utilities sector.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Special-purpose acquisition companies (SPACs) have been around for some time, but in the last 24 months there have been an unprecedented number of companies going public via a SPAC transaction. In our Facts on SPACs mini-series, we cut through the noise to help you focus on some of the key issues relating to these transactions.
In episode three of our six-part series on SPACs, Chip Currie, PwC National Office partner, discusses common financial instruments associated with SPAC transactions and their treatments.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our In depth, Domestic SPAC mergers - financial reporting and accounting considerations and our Financing and Financial statement presentation guides. Also see the SEC staff statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by SPACs.
Chip Currie is a Partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial service clients on treasury-related matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on the fair value disclosure requirements. Chip Currie from our National Office is back in the guest seat to discuss key reminders with our host, Heather Horn.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our Financial statement presentation and Fair value measurements guides. And listen to our podcast, Full disclosure: Investments—debt and equity securities.
Chip Currie is a Partner in PwC’s National Office with over 25 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial service clients on treasury-related matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Special-purpose acquisition companies (SPACs) have been around for a long time, but in the last 24 months, the SPAC market has seen an unprecedented amount of activity. In our Facts on SPACs mini-series, we cut through the noise to tell you exactly what you need to know about this boom.
In episode two of our six-part series on SPACs, Matt Sabatini, PwC National Office partner, is back to share some helpful insights when determining the accounting acquirer in a SPAC transaction.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our In depth, Determining the accounting acquirer.
Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience helping clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on the presentation and disclosure requirements for pension obligations and plan assets. Jay Seliber and Ken Stoler from our National Office are back in the guest seats to discuss key reminders with our host, Heather Horn.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our Financial statement presentation and Pensions and other employee benefits guides. And listen to our podcast, Accounting for pension plans: Back to the basics with 5 things to know.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative to the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Ken Stoler is a partner in PwC’s National Office with over 15 years of experience. He helps companies to address one of their most fundamental concerns, how they should compensate their employees and executives. Helping companies navigate their employee issues during an IPO, spin off, acquisition, or other major transaction or event, Ken specializes in financial reporting and plan design issues related to equity compensation arrangements, retirement and healthcare plans, and other benefits.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Special-purpose acquisition companies (SPACs) have been around for a long time, but in the last 24 months, the SPAC market has seen an unprecedented amount of activity. In our Facts on SPACs mini-series, we cut through the noise to tell you exactly what you need to know about this boom.
This week we’re kicking off this series with a SPAC lifecycle overview. Mike Bellin, PwC’s IPO Services co-leader, is in the guest seat to give the what, why, and how of SPAC transactions, including a few of the latest trends emerging in 2021.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Listen to our podcast Forecast 2021: Operational readiness for IPOs, SPACs, and spins, and read our In depth: Domestic SPAC mergers - financial reporting and accounting considerations.
Mike Bellin is a PwC Deals partner and co-leads PwC’s IPO Services practice. Mike focuses on IPOs, SPACs, accounting for carve-outs/spin-offs, purchase accounting, pro forma financial statements, stock compensation, the SEC registration process, and much more. In addition, he frequently advises on IPOs, helping his clients with their initial registration process and operational readiness.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on the presentation and disclosure requirements for stock-based compensation awards. Jay Seliber and Ken Stoler from our National Office are joining us to share helpful insights with our host, Heather Horn.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our Financial statement presentation and Stock-based compensation guides. And listen to our podcast, Stock-based compensation issues in an IPO and SPAC, explained.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office. He leverages over 30 years of experience to help clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, revenue recognition, stock compensation, earnings per share, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions. Jay is presently PwC's representative to the FASB's Emerging Issues Task Force.
Ken Stoler is a partner in PwC’s National Office with over 15 years of experience. He helps companies to address one of their most fundamental concerns, how they should compensate our employees and executives. Helping companies navigate their employee issues during an IPO, spin off, acquisition, or other major transaction or event, Ken specializes in financial reporting and plan design issues related to equity compensation arrangements, retirement and healthcare plans, and other benefits.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected]
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
This week we focus on recruiting and retaining talent in today’s world. Rod Adams, PwC’s Talent Acquisition and Onboarding leader, sat down with host Heather Horn to discuss the current market and how companies will need to be agile as time goes on in order to attract and retain the best talent.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read insights from PwC Workforce Transformation: The new virtual reality of recruiting, and Rod’s July 12, 2021 article published on Fortune.com, Building a diverse workforce starts with mentorship and sponsorship.
Rod Adams is PwC’s Talent Acquisition and Onboarding leader across Mexico and the US, with a focus on talent management, workforce planning, organizational design, talent acquisition, performance management, employee relations, digital upskilling, and employment branding. He is passionate about building a diverse and inclusive workforce and leveraging digital tools and disruptive strategies to create authentic, long-lasting relationships with key talent.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on the presentation and disclosure requirements for debt including term debt, revolving debt, and structured payables. Chip Currie and Suzanne Stephani from our National Office are back in the guest seats to discuss key reminders with our host, Heather Horn.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read Chapter 12: Debt and Section 11.3.1.5: Structured payables of our Financial statement presentation guide, and listen to our podcast, Debt classification: Back to the basics with 5 things you need to know.
Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National Office with over 20 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial service clients on treasury-related matters.
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing transactions.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
This week we discuss how organizational culture is at the forefront of leadership agendas across the globe. Christopher Hannegan, a principal in PwC’s Organization and Workforce Transformation group, and Gus Giacoman, a partner in PwC’s Strategy&, sat down with host Heather Horn to provide practical advice for CFOs on the benefits of understanding and managing their organizational cultures.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our Global culture survey report 2021 and listen to our Podcast Forecast 2021: How to make hybrid work, work.
Christopher Hannegan, is a principal in PwC’s Organization and Workforce Transformation group, focusing on helping C-suite leaders execute business strategy, accomplish transformational change, and shift cultures to be higher performing.
Gus Giacoman, is a partner in PwC’s Strategy& specializing in business transformation for profitable growth. He helps clients restructure their organizations and cost structure so they put their money where their strategy is.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to us_podcast@
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on the presentation and disclosure requirements for other assets—specifically property, plant and equipment, inventory, intangible assets, goodwill, and capitalized software. Mike Coleman and Matt Sabatini, PwC National Office partners, are back in the guest seats to share some helpful insights with our host, Heather Horn.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read:
And listen to our podcasts:
Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 30 years of experience specializing in accounting for revenue and software arrangements. In addition, Mike has been one of the firm's representatives on the AICPA Software Task Force. Prior to his time in National, Mike was an audit partner in the firm's NY Metro assurance practice serving technology clients.
Matt Sabatini is a partner in PwC's National Office with nearly 20 years of experience helping clients and engagement teams navigate the accounting and financial reporting for complex transactions. He specializes in the accounting for M&A, corporate reorganizations, recapitalizations, joint ventures, and other investments.
Transcripts available upon request fo
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
This week we discuss data storytelling and how this skill is vital to your company’s transformation journey. Heather Horn sat down with Scott Peck, PwC’s Data and Analytics leader, to discuss how and why CFOs of the future are looking to data storytellers to unearth the meaning behind data.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Listen to our Podcast: What’s next in tech for finance? Data-driven decision making
Scott Peck is PwC’s Data and Analytics leader, with over 20 years of experience in business and system analytics. His focus is on building value through analytics and innovation, and modernizing the role of a data analyst to create real-time actionable insights.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on investments, specifically debt securities and equity instruments, as well as the related presentation and disclosure matters. Our host, Heather Horn, sat down with PwC National Office partners, Chip Currie and Bret Dooley, to share some helpful insights.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read:
Chip Currie is a Partner in PwC’s National Office with over 20 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial service clients on treasury-related matters.
Bret Dooley is a Partner in PwC’s National Office, focusing on emerging financial reporting issues related to financial instruments and assisting clients in resolving complex accounting matters. He brings more than 25 years of experience in both public accounting and industry, including leadership roles in accounting policy, financial reporting and controllership teams at global financial institutions.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
This week we discuss returning to the office and the impact of new workforce models on real estate needs and strategies. Heather Horn sat down with Byron Carlock, PwC’s US Real Estate Practice leader, to discuss how companies are reexamining their real estate footprint.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Listen to our Forecast 2021: How to make hybrid work, work
Byron Carlock, PwC’s US Real Estate Practice leader, brings years of knowledge of and exposure to the various aspects of the real estate life cycle, including the capital markets, acquisitions, M&A, development, dispositions, and capital structuring.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
In this week’s edition of our ongoing series focused on the financial statements, we look at income taxes, including balance sheet and income statement presentation, key disclosures, and related SEC comment letter trends. Kassie Bauman, a managing director in our National Office who specializes in income tax accounting, is back in the guest seat to share helpful insights with our host, Heather Horn.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read:
Listen to our podcasts:
And watch our video:
Kassie Bauman is a managing director in PwC's National Office who consults on tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. Kassie has more than 20 years of auditing and accounting experience, including almost a decade of experience addressing complex technical accounting matters as part of our National Office.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Tra
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
In this week’s episode, we highlight the “Green Book,” which is the Treasury’s explanation of the tax proposals in the proposed FY2022 Federal budget. We focus on the proposals that will have a significant impact on corporate income tax policies. Heather Horn sat down with Jenn Spang, PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader, and Pat Brown, co-leader of PwC’s Washington National Tax Services group, to discuss the big changes on the horizon. Tax leaders are already scenario planning - we break it down so CFOs can do the same.
Topics include:
Pat Brown is PwC’s Washington National Tax Services co-leader. Prior to joining PwC, he spent 16 years in the private sector, including a role as the director of tax policy for a Fortune 50 company. Pat has also served in the US Treasury’s Office of Tax Policy as an attorney-advisor and as Associate International Tax Counsel.
Jennifer Spang is PwC’s National Office income tax accounting leader specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigate complex tax accounting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related acc
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on the presentation and disclosure requirements for comprehensive income and stockholders’ equity. Tom Barbieri and Jay Seliber from our National Office are joining us again to share helpful insights and key reminders with our host, Heather Horn.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read:
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
In this week’s episode, we focus on central bank digital currencies, and what CFOs should know. From PwC’s Intelligence group, Craig Stronberg, Nataly Yackanich, and Zain Siddiqui join host Heather Horn to provide their insights on this hot topic.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Craig references this testimony as a great way to get up to speed.
For additional information, listen to our Podcast: Cryptocurrency? Digital Asset? What’s the accounting? and read our Regulatory brief - The evolution of money: Why financial institutions should start paying attention to CBDCs.
Craig Stronberg leads the Macro Capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provide macroeconomic and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20-year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times.
Nataly Yackanich is the lead financial services analyst for PwC Intelligence. She advises stakeholders on the business implications of emerging issues in the financial services industry. She is a CFA charterholder with buy and sell side equity experience covering multiple industries, including financial services, industrials, and technology.
Zain Siddiqui, is a senior economist for PwC Intelligence with a specialty in macroeconomics and finance. He advises stakeholders and clients on the business implications of emerging macro and geopolitical vulnerabilities, and helps them shape business strategy.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on the presentation and disclosure requirements for earnings per share. John Horan and Jay Seliber from our National Office are joining us again to share helpful insights and key reminders with our host, Heather Horn.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read:
And listen to our podcasts, Got EPS questions? We've got answers and Earnings per share: 5 things you need to know.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
In this week’s episode, we build upon our summer 2020 conversation on the future of work and how CFOs can optimize a hybrid workforce model. Bhushan Sethi, PwC’s Joint Global People & Organization Leader, is back in the guest seat to provide insights on embracing a hybrid work environment.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Listen to our Podcast: What’s next? The future of work and how to get there and subscribe to PwC’s Workforce Inside podcast series
Bhushan Sethi is a joint global leader of PwC’s People & Organization group, where he shapes and drives the firm’s global network strategy, delivering standalone and integrated solutions across strategy, management, technology, and tax consulting disciplines. Bhushan is a thought leader, public speaker, media spokesperson, and influencer on "future of work,” risk culture, workforce strategy, employee experience, and diversity & inclusion.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
This week we focus on the statement of cash flows and the common classification matters. Suzanne Stephani from our National Office is back in the guest seat to share helpful insights and key reminders with our host, Heather Horn.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read Chapter 6: Statement of cash flows of our Financial statement presentation guide.
And listen to our podcasts:
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing transactions.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
In this week’s episode, we are talking about the benefits of investing in your employees’ experience. Host Heather Horn sits down with Angela Lester, an Experience Strategy and Design partner, and Claudia Montgomery, a managing director in Organization and Workforce Transformation, to discuss how and why it’s time for companies to focus on their employees’ experience concurrent with their overall business strategy.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read The four Fs of employee experience
Angela Lester is a partner in PwC’s Experience Strategy and Design group, focused on brand innovation, product and service design, inclusive design, personalization, e-commerce, and purpose-led impact.
Claudia Montgomery is a managing director in PwC’s Organization and Workforce Transformation group, focused on helping clients optimize human capital practices and create forward-thinking workforce strategies.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Our Full disclosure podcast series brings you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
Our second episode in this series focuses on the income statement. Valerie Wieman and Ashleigh Pierce from our National office join host Heather Horn to share helpful insights and key reminders.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read Chapter 3: Income statement of our Financial statement presentation guide.
And listen to our Podcast: Dealing with government grants? Here’s what you need to know
Valerie Wieman is PwC’s National office Editor-in-chief. She manages the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership. Prior to that role, she was part of PwC’s National office SEC services group, helping clients navigate SEC rules and regulations.
Ashleigh Pierce is a director in PwC’s National office specializing in technical accounting matters, strategic thought leadership, and podcast content. She has experience serving multinational clients, both public and private, primarily in the consumer markets, healthcare, not-for-profit, higher education, and industrial products sectors.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for indivi
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
In this week’s episode, we are talking about the deals landscape with a focus on the operational challenges of going public. Host Heather Horn sits down with Ed Jasaitis, a specialist in operational readiness, to discuss considerations for finance teams—from the offering stage (going public) to operating in a public company environment (being public).
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Listen to our podcast Forecast 2021: From ESG to SPACs, the new deals landscape, check out our Deals page, and read our In the loop: The SPAC spree: Current state.
Ed Jasaitis is a partner in PwC’s advisory practice focusing on deals. He guides clients through significant business changes, including mergers and acquisitions, carve outs, cost reductions, finance transformation, and operational improvements.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Full disclosure podcast series, we’re bringing you back to the basics on all things related to financial statement presentation and disclosure, from the top of the financial statements through the footnotes.
Our inaugural episode this week focuses on general reporting and balance sheet presentation requirements. Kyle Moffatt, a partner in our National Office, is back in the guest seat to set the stage for the series with our host, Heather Horn.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read the following chapters from our Financial statement presentation guide:
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. He joined PwC in 2020 after spending almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
This week we focus on the importance of needing access to the right information at the right time. John Simmons, a leader in PwC’s Data and Analytics Technology practice, is in the guest seat to discuss why gathering and managing information is crucial to the success of your business.
Topics include:
John Simmons is a Principal in PwC’s Data and Analytics Technologies group, helping clients understand the value of data. His work focuses on leveraging data and emerging technologies to enhance his clients’ knowledge of their markets.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
This week we focus on the global forces that are shaking up businesses. Craig Stronberg, who leads PwC’s Intelligence team advising global and firm leadership on macroeconomic and geopolitical events, is back in the guest seat to discuss how to prepare for forces that test your business’ resiliency.
Topics include:
Explore the PwC ADAPT framework and PwC’s 24th Annual Global CEO Survey.
Craig Stronberg leads the Macro Capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provide macroeconomic and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20-year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times. His focus is on numerous areas, including counterintelligence, economic espionage, counterterrorism, cyber threats, political-military issues, special operations integration, and support for major events, such as the Olympic Games.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Identifying performance obligations in revenue contracts continues to be a hot topic as more companies are exploring business models that include a combination of products and services. In this week’s episode, Mike Coleman and Angela Fergason, partners in PwC’s National Office, join host Heather Horn to help navigate the accounting guidance in this area.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read chapter 3 of our Revenue from contracts with customers guide.
Mike Coleman is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 30 years of experience specializing in accounting for revenue and software arrangements. In addition, Mike has been one of the firm's representatives on the AICPA Software Task Force. Prior to his time in National, Mike was an audit partner in the firm's NY Metro assurance practice serving technology clients.
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience who specializes in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related acc
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
This week we focus on the benefits of supply chain diversification. Heather Horn sat down with Kevin Keegan and Brian Houck, partners in PwC’s Strategy&, to discuss how to create trust and transparency for a resilient supply chain.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read Study findings: Connected and autonomous supply chain ecosystems 2025, and listen to our Podcast: What's next? How finance can help reimagine the supply chain.
Kevin Keegan is a partner in PwC’s strategy consulting business working to improve business operations for the benefit of both current and future stakeholders. Kevin assists business leaders think through practical approaches to remove costs that are invasive to value and identify and firmly root new types of operating models that enhance growth.
Brian Houck is a partner with over 25 years of supply chain experience in both consulting and industry. He has worked across the end-to-end consumer value chain with deep experience in retail, distribution/wholesale, and consumer packaged goods clients. Brian supports his clients to achieve growth and profitability objectives, through transforming their operations through better strategies, processes, and technologies.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
There are many challenging financial reporting considerations a company faces as it goes through the process of becoming public, including those related to stock-based compensation. Stock-based compensation in traditional IPOs and SPAC mergers is also an area where the SEC has issued comment letters.
In this week’s episode, Jay Seliber, a partner in PwC’s National Office, joins host Heather Horn to discuss the compensation-related financial reporting matters for companies to consider as they go public.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read:
And listen to our Podcast: Got EPS questions? We've got answers.
Jay Seliber is a partner in PwC’s National Office with over 30 years of experience. He helps clients with their most complex accounting matters, particularly in the areas of stock compensation, revenue recognition, M&A, employee benefits, restructurings, impairments, and financing transactions.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters.
Transcripts available upon r
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics. With the first 100 days of the new administration behind us, host Heather Horn sat down with Roz Brooks, PwC’s US Public Policy Leader, to discuss the latest in Washington DC with a focus on our place in the global landscape and how CFOs should prepare to respond.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Check out PwC’s summary of the administration’s top priorities.
Listen to PwC’s podcast episodes:
Roz Brooks is PwC's US Public Policy Leader. Roz is responsible for ensuring PwC has a voice in important debates at the nexus of business and government and helping the firm successfully execute its business strategy. Roz leads PwC’s engagement with Congress, the White House, regulatory agencies, state and local governments, and organizations including trade associations, think tanks, and NGOs.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The new SEC Chair is focused on change and action. In this week’s episode, host Heather Horn is joined by Kyle Moffatt, a partner in our National Office, and Michael O’Brien, a managing director in our Government, Regulatory Affairs & Public Policy group, to discuss what we think will drive the SEC’s agenda under the direction of new SEC Chair, Gary Gensler.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our In the loops:
Don’t wait until the SEC staff asks you about climate change
New human capital disclosure rules: Getting your company ready
Listen to our prior podcast episode:
The SEC’s request for comment on climate disclosure, explained
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. He joined PwC in April 2020 after spending almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Michael O'Brien is a Managing Director in the Office of Government, Regulatory Affairs & Public Policy. In his current role, Michael represents the firm and its interests before Congress, the Executive Branch, and Federal regulatory agencies. He has represented the firm on matters related to the implementation of Sarbanes-Oxley and Dodd-Frank, state and federal taxation, and litigation reform.
Transcripts available up
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
Due to the pandemic, there has been a huge increase in both B2B and B2C online sales over the past year. As a result of this shift, companies have had to adapt their business models to acknowledge the digital customer experience and to include new revenue streams, such as subscriptions. This week, host Heather Horn sat down with Romit Dey, PwC’s national leader on Anything-as-a-Service (XaaS), to talk about XaaS and digitizing your business. Romit will help us understand how and why more and more companies are shifting to subscription-based business models, and what that means in terms of a CFO’s focus.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read PwC's 24th Annual Global CEO Survey to see how executives are thinking about digital transformation.
Romit Dey is PwC’s national leader on XaaS, focused on advising clients on business model transformation, digital transformation, revenue growth, and scalability through subscription- and consumption-based models.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Given the increase in demand for climate change information and the ongoing debate regarding whether the current disclosures provide sufficient decision-useful information for investors, the SEC’s then-Acting Chair Allison Lee issued a public statement in which she requested input from market participants on climate change disclosure.
In this week’s episode, Heather Horn and PwC’s National Office team leading PwC’s comment letter response, comprising Kyle Moffatt, Andreas Ohl, Jay Sivakumaran, and Valerie Wieman, discuss considerations for responding to the SEC’s request.
Topics include:
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. He joined PwC in April 2020 after spending almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Valerie Wieman is PwC’s National Office Editor-in-chief. She manages the creation, development, and publication of our brand-defining thought leadership. She is also responsible for Viewpoint, our new digital information platform.
Jay Sivakumaran is a director in PwC’s National Office. Prior to joining the National office, he served clients primarily in the consumer markets sector.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
We’ve been focusing on geopolitical trends around the world lately and thought this week we would talk about our corner of the globe. This week, host Heather Horn sat down with Chris Benko, PwC’s US Senior Economist, to gather insight into the macroeconomic health of the US and its place in the world.
Topics include:
Chris Benko is PwC’s US Senior Economist, providing the firm and its clients with economic analysis and commentary. Chris leads a team of business and sector analysts, economists and data scientists, leveraging data and analytics to develop provocative points of view and inform strategic decision-making.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Finding embedded leases in your contracts is important to avoid misstating the balance sheet, and a lot of judgment is involved. Here to answer common questions, host Heather Horn is joined by Chad Soares and Marc Jerusalem to walk through the steps to identify embedded leases.
Topics include:
Chad Soares is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on leasing and financing arrangements. He was a primary author of PwC’s lease accounting guide and contributes to a variety of thought leadership related to leasing and financial instruments.
Marc Jerusalem is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in leasing. As a leasing specialist, Marc consults with clients on complex lease accounting issues and is a contributor to many related PwC National office publications.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
Geopolitically and economically, India is a complicated place to do business. This week, host Heather Horn sat down with Craig Stronberg, who leads PwC’s Intelligence team advising global and firm leadership on macroeconomic and geopolitical events, to get some insight on how companies are doing business in India, unpacking the challenges, opportunities, and what the future might hold for the third largest market in the world.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Explore PwC's 24th Annual Global CEO Survey.
Craig Stronberg leads the Macro Capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provide macroeconomic and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20 year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times. He focused on numerous areas, including counterintelligence, economic espionage, counterterrorism, cyber threats, political-military issues, special operations integration, and support for major events such as the Olympic Games.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
China is talked about a great deal in the press with many businesses wondering how trade partnerships will change over time. This week, host Heather Horn sat down with Craig Stronberg, who leads PwC’s Intelligence team advising global and firm leadership on macroeconomic and geopolitical events, to get some insight on the geopolitical landscape in China, clear-up common misconceptions, and discuss what the future might hold.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Explore PwC's 24th Annual Global CEO Survey and related webcast.
Craig Stronberg leads the Macro Capability for PwC Intelligence, spearheading the team of analysts that provide macroeconomic and geopolitical intelligence to key stakeholders. Named as one of the "100 Most Creative People in Business” by Fast Company, Craig had a nearly 20 year career in national security affairs working for and advising numerous agencies and international partners, having been decorated five times. He focused on numerous areas including counterintelligence, economic espionage, counterterrorism, cyber threats, political-military issues, special operations integration and support to major events such as the Olympic Games.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With the SEC’s new human capital disclosure rules now effective, PwC looked at more than 2,000 Form 10-K filings to understand what companies disclosed. In this episode, Heather Horn sits down with PwC’s Sheri Wyatt and Brandon Yerre to look at what human capital disclosure trends we saw in this year’s reporting season.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our In the loop, New human capital disclosure rules: Getting your company ready.
Sheri Wyatt is a partner in PwC’s sustainability practice and also serves as the diversity leader for the US Assurance line of service. She has over 20 years of experience advising companies on the adoption of new accounting and financial reporting standards, from assessing current state through operationalizing compliance with new standards and policies.
Brandon Yerre is a principal in PwC’s Organization and Workforce Transformation group. Brandon specializes in matters dealing with the design, implementation, and governance of total reward programs and the development of organization-wide job architectures to support workforce strategy and planning.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
As the first quarter of 2021 comes to a close, listen as host Heather Horn and a panel of PwC partners highlight what companies should be thinking about for their interim reporting.
Topics include:
Want more quarterly resources? Read our The quarter close — First quarter 2021 or watch our Q1 2021 Quarterly accounting webcast.
Tom Barbieri is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the financial instruments accounting leader. He has nearly 30 years of experience advising clients on complex accounting and financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments. During Tom’s tenure in the National Office, he has been at the forefront of emerging accounting issues and has regular interactions with the FASB, SEC, and other regulators and standard setters.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the leader of the revenue and liabilities division. He has nearly 30 years of experience consulting with clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Kyle Moffatt is a partner in PwC's National Office where he consults with engagement teams and audit clients on SEC reporting matters. He joined PwC after spending almost 20 years with the SEC, most recently as Chief Accountant and Disclosure Program Director in the Division of Corporation Finance.
Beth Paul is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. Prior to this role, Beth was the Strategic Thought Leader in PwC’s National office, working closely with firm leadership to determine PwC’s position on emerging trends in auditing, accounting, and financial reporting matters.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
Cyber risk is a top priority for businesses; and, considering every business can be vulnerable, targeted, and attacked, businesses are changing their cyber strategy and investing more. But, are those investments in the right areas? This week host Heather Horn sat down with Joseph Nocera, leader of PwC's Cyber & Privacy Innovation Institute, and Harshul Joshi, a PwC cybersecurity, privacy, and forensics principal, to understand cybersecurity risks and the leading practices for limiting exposure and recovering quickly.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read PwC's 2021 Global Digital Trust Insights and PwC’s Digital Trust Insights Pulse Survey.
Joseph Nocera is the leader of PwC's Cyber & Privacy Innovation Institute. Joe’s experiences range from IT auditing to large scale systems implementation. He has extensive experience helping organizations meet regulatory demands and build information security departments, information risk management functions, and effective IT governance functions.
Harshul Joshi is a PwC cybersecurity, privacy, and forensics principal with more than 17 years of experience in the fields of regulatory compliance, cyber security, governance, risk, internal audit, and privacy. Harshul has a successful track record of working with various C-suite executives, regulatory bodies, and functional stakeholders to implement effective security programs.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters.
Transcripts available
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
As we wrap up the first quarter of the new year, join host Heather Horn and PwC tax specialists, Jenn Spang and Kassie Bauman, as they discuss some of the key considerations and complexities in accounting for income taxes during interim periods.
Topics include:
Jennifer Spang is a tax partner in PwC's National Office specializing in tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. She has over 25 years of experience helping companies in a variety of industries navigating complex tax accounting matters.
Kassie Bauman is a managing director in PwC's National Office who consults on tax accounting under US GAAP and IFRS. Kassie has more than 20 years of auditing and accounting experience, including almost a decade of experience addressing complex technical accounting matters as part of our National Office.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
PwC recently released the findings from its 24th Annual Global CEO Survey, so this week host Heather Horn sat down with Bob Moritz, PwC’s Global Chairman, to look at a few of the emerging trends from the report. But she didn’t let him off that easy - listen to hear Bob’s candid thoughts on strategy and leadership.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Explore the full report of findings in PwC's 24th Annual Global CEO Survey and related webcast.
Bob Moritz serves as the Global Chairman of the PwC International Network, which supports over 250,000 employees in 158 countries who proudly serve clients across the globe, ranging from multinational corporations to start-ups. Previously, serving as the PwC US Chairman and senior partner, Bob focused on increasing quality, building the PwC brand in the marketplace, and hiring and developing talent with an eye toward the future. Bob currently sits on a number of boards, including the Business Roundtable, the Oswego College Foundation, the Conference Board, and the International Business Community of the World Economic Forum.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
This week host Heather Horn sits down with Chris Rhodes and Andreas Ohl, PwC partners who specialize in deals. We look at the drivers behind the busy deals market, and the trends reshaping the M&A space—from digital to ESG to— you guessed it, SPACs.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Check out our Deals page.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office focused on mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's in-process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Chris Rhodes is a partner in PwC's Transaction Services practice. He provides commercial structuring, valuation, and accounting advice for a variety of transactions under both US GAAP and IFRS. His focus includes strategic transactions, such as acquisitions, divestitures, and joint ventures, along with capital raising and capital restructuring.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Distinguishing between a change in accounting principle and a change in estimate can be difficult, but the distinction is critical to applying the correct guidance. To help think through the accounting, host Heather Horn is joined by Pat Durbin and Tom Barbieri, Deputy Chief Accountants in PwC’s National Office.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read chapter 30 of our Financial statement presentation guide.
Tom Barbieri is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the financial instruments accounting leader. He has nearly 30 years of experience advising clients on complex accounting and financial reporting issues relating to financial instruments. During Tom’s tenure in National, he has been at the forefront of emerging accounting issues and has regular interactions with the FASB, SEC, and other regulators and standard setters.
Pat Durbin is a Deputy Chief Accountant in PwC’s National Office and the leader of the revenue and liabilities division. He has nearly 30 years of experience consulting with our clients and engagement teams on complex accounting matters, including issues related to revenue, compensation, income taxes, and inventory under both US GAAP and IFRS.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
This week host Heather Horn sits down with Roger Wery, PwC’s Global Consulting & Deals Leader for the technology, information, communications and entertainment industries, to talk about the six operational levers companies should pull concurrently to achieve revenue growth. A revenue command center can help.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Check out these resources, How companies can transform information into insight.
Roger Wery is PwC’s Global Consulting & Deals Leader for technology, information, communications and entertainment industries. Roger has been in consulting for over 25 years and has worked with a broad range of clients in the US and internationally. He has been a senior advisor to leadership and board members on a number of critical business priorities: Growth and Innovation strategy, M&A strategy, as well as business, digital and operating model transformation.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Variable consideration in revenue contracts is more common than you might think, and the accounting for it can require a considerable amount of judgment. To help make sure you have the right revenue recognition, we’ve asked Angela Fergason, a partner in our National Office, to join host Heather Horn to walk through the guidance.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? See chapter 4 of PwC’s Revenue from contracts with customers guide.
Angela Fergason is a partner in PwC's National Office with over 20 years of experience, specializing in accounting for revenue and employee compensation arrangements. She is a frequent speaker on accounting and financial reporting topics and is a contributor to many PwC National Office publications, including our accounting guides on revenue and stock-based compensation.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
This week, we conclude our deep dive into ESG by focusing on the “S,” or social, initiatives. Heather Horn sits down with Aaron Gilcreast, PwC’s Global Valuation Leader, and Andreas Ohl, a partner in PwC’s National Office, to look at how companies are rebalancing their strategy to address societal challenges and building measurement frameworks that help prioritize and report on these societal initiatives.
Topics include:
Want to learn more about ESG? Check out our C-suite summary, Making sense of ESG.
Aaron Gilcreast is the PwC’s Global Valuation Leader. His professional services career in finance, M&A, and corporate strategy spans 25 years. In his concurrent role as leader of PwC's Global Valuation & Business Modeling practice, Aaron is responsible for its overall vision, strategy, and operations.
Andreas Ohl is a partner in PwC's National Office where he focuses on mergers and acquisitions under US GAAP and IFRS. Andreas is chairman of the Business Valuation Standards Board at the International Valuation Standards Council, is a member of the working group that authored the AICPA's In-Process R&D guide, and has served as a member of the FASB's Valuation Resource Group.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
With the discontinuance of LIBOR in sight, there are things companies should be doing today to ensure a smooth transition. Host Heather Horn is joined by PwC partners Chip Currie and David Challen to discuss some of the business and accounting issues that need to be thought through prior to LIBOR going away.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Visit our LIBOR page, read our Reference rate reform guide, and listen to our podcast, Contracts filled with LIBOR references? Now what?
Chip Currie is a Partner in PwC’s National Office with over 20 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments under both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial service clients on treasury-related matters.
David Challen is a Partner in PwC’s National Office, hailing from the Banking Capital Markets practice in New York. He has worked with clients ranging from large, multinational banking institutions to broker-dealers and asset management advisors and funds and currently focuses on consultations related to financial instruments.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
This week, we continue our deep dive into ESG with a talk on the “E,” the environment. As more companies are announcing their commitments to reach net zero emissions, Heather Horn sits down with Casey Herman, PwC’s US Power & Utilities leader, and Ron Kinghorn, PwC’s ESG platform leader, to zero-in on how companies are developing their net zero strategy.
Topics include:
Casey mentions the “duck curve.” Want to know more? Check out What the duck curve tells us about managing a green grid.
Want to learn more about ESG? Check out our C-suite summary, Making sense of ESG.
Casey Herman is PwC’s US Power & Utilities Practice leader and heads up the firm's Power & Utilities Practice in the US. Casey has over 30 years of experience leading and working on the audits of many significant, complex clients and is a member of the Edison Electric Institute's Wall Street Advisory Group and the Electric Power Research Institutes Advisory Council.
Ron Kinghorn is PwC’s Consumer Markets consulting leader for the US, Mexico, Japan and China; he also leads the firm’s ESG platform. Ron and his team help clients navigate what's next across the food and beverage, consumer products and retail industries to find growth, capture value, execute deals and win with digital and analytics.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
As digital assets continue to make the headlines and push into the mainstream of finance, more questions are popping up on the accounting implications. In this episode, host Heather Horn and guests discuss the emerging asset class of cryptocurrencies and what it means for your financial statements.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? See our Point of view, Cryptocurrencies: Time to consider plan B.
Beth Paul is a partner and topical team leader in PwC’s National Office. In this role, Beth is responsible for a team of consultants that specialize in business combinations and related areas, such as consolidations, disposals, impairments, and segment reporting. Prior to this role, Beth was the Strategic Thought Leader in PwC’s National office, working closely with firm leadership to determine PwC’s position on emerging trends in auditing, accounting, and financial reporting matters.
Kevin Jackson is a director in PwC’s capital markets and accounting advisory practice. Kevin has 11+ years of experience assisting clients with complex accounting and financial reporting issues. Kevin is also a member of the AICPA's digital asset working group that provides interpretive guidance on how issuers and users of digital assets should apply existing accounting literature to their transactions.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics.
This week, we begin our deep dive into ESG with a talk on the “G,” governance. Heather Horn sits down with Stephen Parker, a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Group, to focus on governance from the CFO’s perspective, including how management can make governance more efficient and effective, and what to include about governance in ESG reporting.
Topics include:
Want to learn more about ESG? Check out our C-suite summary, Making sense of ESG.
Stephen Parker is a partner in PwC’s Governance Insights Center, which strives to strengthen the connection between directors, executive teams, and investors by helping them navigate the evolving governance landscape. With more than 30 years of experience, Stephen has worked with many Boards of Directors to advise on a variety of complex matters, in the context of their companies’ operations, technical accounting and SEC and financial reporting.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Ooffice thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
Are you in the midst of year-end reporting? In our latest podcast, we help ground you by providing some helpful investor perspectives—what information are they looking for most from companies? How have their expectations changed? And, how does ESG factor into it all? Listen as host Heather Horn sits down with Gregory Johnson, a PwC director in our National Office who leads outreach to the investor and analyst communities, to discuss what information investors seek from the financial statements and beyond.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our In the loop: You're saying it. Are investors hearing it?
Gregory Johnson is a director in PwC’s National Office. His primary areas of focus are investor engagement and strategic thought leadership. Gregory builds relationships with the investment community to gain insight into their views and perspectives on financial reporting, industry trends, regulatory developments, and other issues that may impact investment decisions.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National Office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics. With the new administration hitting the ground running, host Heather Horn sat down with Roz Brooks, PwC’s US Public Policy Leader, to discuss what CFOs can expect this year.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Check out PwC’s summary of the administration’s top priorities.
Roz Brooks is PwC's US Public Policy Leader. Roz is responsible for ensuring PwC has a voice in important debates at the nexus of business and government and helping the firm successfully execute its business strategy. Roz leads PwC’s engagement with Congress, the White House, regulatory agencies, state and local governments, and organizations including trade associations, think tanks, and NGOs.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
2020 has brought us a global pandemic, an election, and adoption of some major new accounting standards. So what does it all mean for your EPS calculations? In this episode, John Horan, a PwC managing director in our national office, joins host Heather Horn to discuss some important EPS reminders for companies to think about for their year-end reporting.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? See chapter 7 of our Financial statement presentation guide and listen to our podcast on Earnings per share: 5 things to know.
John Horan is a managing director in PwC’s National office where he assists clients with complex accounting issues in the areas of foreign currency, liabilities and equity, earnings per share, and derivatives and hedging. John specializes in large capital transactions and initial public offerings.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics. In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with PwC’s Shannon Schuyler, US Chief Purpose & Inclusion Officer, and Jeff Senne, US Responsible Business Leader, to look at how discovering your company’s purpose—or “why”—drives business growth, elevate employees, and benefits communities, and we all have a role to play, especially the finance team.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Check out PwC’s Diversity & Inclusion Transparency Report: Building a Culture of Belonging.
Shannon Schuyler is PwC’s US Chief Purpose & Inclusion Officer. Shannon also leads CEO Action for Diversity & Inclusion, the largest CEO-driven business commitment to advance diversity and inclusion in the workplace. She was named a 2019 World Changing Woman in Conscious Business by Conscious Company Media, and was included on Fast Company’s list of the 100 Most Creative People in Business in 2016.
Jeff Senne is the Responsible Business Leader at PwC US. In this role, Jeff drives the firm’s efforts to live its purpose and engage the more than 57,000 partners, principals, and staff in defining, cultivating, and communicating how they live their own purpose. Jeff also leads the team responsible for investing the firm’s resources into underserved communities.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
While financial statements users have always placed a lot of importance on the statement of cash flows, the focus has sharpened in today’s turbulent environment. Listen as host Heather Horn and Suzanne Stephani, a director in PwC’s national office, discuss frequently asked questions and share useful reminders for those in the process of preparing the cash flow statement for their year-end reporting.
Topics include:
Have more cash flow presentation questions? Read our Financial statement presentation guide and listen to our podcast, Statement of cash flows: Back to basics.
About our guest
Suzanne Stephani is a director in PwC’s National Office specializing in the application and interpretation of the accounting guidance related to financing transactions.
About our host
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics. In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with Roy Weathers, Vice Chair of Societal Engagement and Policy Solutions at PwC and CEO of CEO Action for Racial Equity, to talk about the business movement that has prompted hundreds of companies to bring their heads, hearts, and wallets to the table to better understand and solve societal challenges on race, equity, and social justice.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Head to ceoaction.com to learn how you can get involved, spread the word, and continue the mission of change.
Roy Weathers currently serves as Vice Chair of Societal Engagement and Policy Solutions, and is a member of PwC's US Leadership Team. He is also the CEO of CEO Action for Racial Equity; in this role, he is responsible for helping advance policies that support social justice in our country.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
The new Regulation S-K human capital disclosure rules became effective on November 9, 2020. So it’s no surprise that companies have a lot of questions as they enter into their year-end reporting cycle. Listen as host Heather Horn sits down with Sheri Wyatt, a partner in PwC’s sustainability practice and our Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Assurance leader, and Brandon Yerre, a principal in our Organization and Workforce Transformation group, to discuss what these new rules mean for your company.
Topics include:
Want to learn more? Read our In the loop, New human capital disclosure rules: Getting your company ready
Sheri Wyatt is a partner in PwC’s sustainability practice and also serves as the diversity leader for the US assurance line of service. She has over 20 years of experience advising companies in the adoption of new accounting and financial reporting standards, from assessing current state through operationalizing new standards and policies.
Brandon Yerre is a principal in PwC’s Organization and Workforce Transformation group. Brandon specializes in matters dealing with the design, implementation, and governance of total reward programs and the development of organization-wide job architectures to support workforce strategy and planning.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
In our Forecast 2021 podcast series, we’re focused on preparing you for the year ahead by offering insights to help you better understand and manage some of the opportunities and challenges that your company might face—think policy, technology, and other big picture topics. In this episode, host Heather Horn sits down with Scott Likens, PwC’s New Services and Emerging Technology Leader, to look at the eight emerging technologies that every company must consider right now and how they are converging to drive greater value than ever across organizations. Scott talks about how finance executives can use these technologies to make better decisions.
Topics include:
Scott Likens is PwC’s New Services and Emerging Technology Leader helping clients in diverse industries use emerging technologies to grow their business. For over 20 years, Scott has worked in enterprise technology, including digital strategy and transformation, technology-enhanced business and IT strategy, enterprise architecture as it relates to emerging tech, agile engineering, e-commerce, advanced analytics, mobile technologies, and social customer engagement.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
Did you enjoy this episode? Text us your thoughts and be sure to include the episode name.
After looking at CECL disclosures from the first three quarters of 2020, we’ve noted some clear trends. In this timely episode, host Heather Horn is joined by Chip Currie and Jonathan Odom, two PwC National office partners, to discuss CECL disclosures and share important reminders as calendar year-end companies dive into their year-end reporting cycle.
Topics include:
Chip Currie is a partner in PwC’s National Office with over 20 years of experience assisting companies in resolving complex business and accounting issues. He concentrates on the accounting for financial instruments for both current and emerging standards and works with many of the firm's largest financial services clients and a number of non-financial service clients on treasury-related matters.
Jonathan Odom is an assurance partner in PwC’s National Office SEC services practice with over 20 years of experience in providing accounting and advisory services to the financial services sector.
Heather Horn is PwC’s National office thought leader, responsible for developing our communications strategy and conveying firm positions on accounting and financial reporting matters. She is the engaging host of PwC’s accounting and reporting weekly podcast and quarterly webcast series, as well as periodic webcasts for the power and utilities industry. With nearly 30 years of experience, Heather’s accounting and auditing expertise includes financial instruments and rate-regulated accounting.
Transcripts available upon request for individuals who may need a disability-related accommodation. Please send requests to [email protected].
En liten tjänst av I'm With Friends. Finns även på engelska.